rail clamp point locks - rssb iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of rail clamp point locks ......

247
Signatures removed from electronic version Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Synopsis This Code of Practice gives details of best practice in respect of Rail Clamp Point Locks. This document is the property of Railtrack PLC. It shall not be reproduced in whole or in part without the written permission of the Controller, Safety Standards. Published by Safety & Standards Directorate Railtrack Floor 2, Fitzroy House 355 Euston Road London NW1 3AG © Copyright 1995 Railtrack PLC Rail Clamp Point Locks Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Upload: truongnhan

Post on 06-Jul-2018

564 views

Category:

Documents


19 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Signatures removed from electronic version

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Synopsis This Code of Practice gives details of best practice in respect of Rail Clamp Point Locks.

This document is the property of Railtrack PLC. It shall not be reproduced in whole or in part without the written permission of the Controller, Safety Standards.

Published by Safety & Standards Directorate Railtrack Floor 2, Fitzroy House 355 Euston Road London NW1 3AG © Copyright 1995 Railtrack PLC

Rail Clamp Point Locks

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 2: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

This page is intentionally blank.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 3: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 4: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page A 1 of 2

Part A Issue record

This Code of Practice will be updated when necessary by distribution of a replacement Part A and such other parts as are amended. Amended or additional parts of revised pages will be marked by a vertical black line in the adjacent margin. Issue Date Comments Part A August 1995 Original document. Part B August 1995 Original document. Part C August 1995 Original document. Part D August 1995 Original document. Part E August 1995 Original document. Part F August 1995 Original document. Part G August 1995 Original document. Part H August 1995 Original document. Part I Not used. Part J August 1995 Original document. Part K August 1995 Original document. Part L August 1995 Original document. Part M August 1995 Original document. _______________________________________________________________

Distribution Controlled copies of this Code of Practice should be made available to all personnel who are responsible for the design, installation, testing, maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks. _______________________________________________________________

Health and Safety Responsibilities

In issuing this Code of Practice Railtrack PLC makes no warranties, express or implied, that compliance with all or any of Railway Group Standards or Code of Practice is sufficient on its own to ensure safe systems of work or operation. Each user is reminded of its own responsibilities to ensure health and safety at work and its individual duties under health and safety legislation. _______________________________________________________________

Supply Controlled and uncontrolled copies of this standard must be obtained from The Catalogue Secretary, Railtrack Safety & Standards Directorate, Floor 2, Fitzroy House, 355 Euston Road, London, NW1 3AG. Telephone: 00 35903 or 0171 830 5903 (BT) Facsimile: 00 35776 or 0171 830 5776 (BT)

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 5: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 6: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

2 R A I L T R A C K

This page is intentionally blank.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 7: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 8: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 1 of 36

Part B

1 Purpose

This code of practice gives details of best practice in respect of rail clamp point locks. 2 Scope

The contents of this code of practice apply to all rail clamp point locks emanating from the former BR design.

3 Concept

The design of the clamp lock mechanism is based on the principle of providing a means of individually locking and detecting a pair of coupled point switch rails. It is designed to ensure that the closed switch rail is always placed, lock and electrically detected relative to its associated stock rail. This ensures positive locking of the switch rail to its associated stock rail.

The clamp lock has the advantages:

• eliminates extended sleepers.

• eliminates vulnerable rodding connections (especially when used in conjunction with hydraulic supplementary drives).

• is tolerant of the effects of track gauge spread and switch creep.

• has its own power unit mounted in a safer working environment.

• is compact and easier to handle than conventional electrical point machines.

The mechanisms are not left or right handed so that the same units are suitable for either side of the track (except switch diamond layouts, where the switch rail brackets are handed).

The clamp lock was originally designed by British Rail in the late 1960s and remained largely unchanged until 1987; this version is known as the Mk 1 and used a body assembly fabricated from steel plates. In 1987, a design review resulted in a series of interim modifications; these became popularly known as the ‘A6 modifications’ and were derived from the Mk 1 machines. In 1988, the Mk 2 machine was produced in response to the Design Review Committee’s findings. The Mk 2 is immediately distinguishable from the Mk 1 due to the body assembly being a one piece cast component; it is sometimes referred to as the ‘Cast Body’ design.

The Mk 1 clamp lock was designed to be used on rail sections of 109lb, 110lb and 113lb flat bottom inclined (FBI). It could also be used on 113A flat bottom vertical (FBV) rail or 95lb bull head inclined (BH1) rail, and could be fitted to any point layout.

The Mk 2 clamp lock is designed to be used on a rail section of 113A flat bottom vertical (FBV) rail. It can also be fitted to rail sections of 109lb, 110lb and 113lb flat bottom inclined (FBI), 95lb bull head inclined (BH1) and 113A/UIC – 54B. Standard fittings are available for most point layouts, although the Mk 2 cannot be fitted to a switch diamond with inclined rail and, in the case of UIC rail, is only available for the plain lead layout. Further UIC layouts will become available as the permanent way details are finalised, and reference should be made to the latest issue of drawing BRS – SM 52200 for availability.

Further detail of the assembly is shown in Part D: Installation.

The standard clamp lock is not trailable.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 9: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 2 of 36

4 General Description

Figure B1 shows the standard layout. Each clamp lock machine is in two parts: one part attached to the stock rail and the other attached to the switch rail.

The part which is attached to the stock rail is known as the lock and detector mechanism assembly. It consists of a lock body unit, which incorporates a drive lock slide and electrical detection components, with adaptor blocks fitted between the body and the stock rail.

The part attached to the switch rail is called the switch bracket assembly. This carries a lock arm, detector blade and some packing for adjustment of the lock. The switch bracket assembly is designed so that the thrust comes midway up the switch rail to prevent twisting.

The lock arm and point detector blade fit together with the drive lock slide to move in and out of the body.

To operate one point end the following components are required:

• Two clamp locks.

• One centre thrust bracket assembly.

• One tie bar (joining the two machines).

• Two single acting hydraulic actuators.

• One hydraulic power pack.

• Associated hose connections.

The two clamp locks are designated LH (left hand) and RH (right hand) when looking towards the points in a facing direction.

Movement of the point switches is achieved by the operation of two hydraulic actuators, which are centrally mounted back to back on the centre thrust bracket. The actuators are connected by small-bore hoses to the hydraulic control unit, which is independently mounted adjacent to the track.

For each clamp lock, electrical detection of its switch rail position is effected by double-pole sealed limit switches. These limit switches are operated by two cam followers, which rest on two linear cams : an adjustable cam on the detector blade and a fixed cam on the drive lock slide. ‘Points closed and locked’ contacts make in the limit switch when both cams are in the correct position, whilst ‘points open’ contacts make when the detector has moved to a position corresponding to the minimum point opening. In addition, the opposite switch rail is held open and detected at a safe flangeway clearance opening (108mm for plain leads or 85mm for switch diamonds measured at the tip, equating to 105mm and 82mm respectively when measured at the lock arm).

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 10: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 3 of 36

Figure B1

Point Identificationnumber on plate toBRS-SM 2463

Hose Connections

Connecting Rod for mechanicaldrives may be fitted on either side

Drive Lug

Sleeve Nut

Centre Thrust BracketAssembly

Switch RailBracket Assembly

Taper Packing

Electro-Hydraulic PowerPack to be located, asconvenient at the side ofthe track, on a Point RodRoller Base

A

Lock &Detector MechanismAssembly (Cast Body)

Cable to Detector

SECTION ON AA Hose connections to Actuators fromElectro-Hydraulic Power Pack at theside of the track Tie Bar

Position of JawBlock CartridgeHeater

Adaptor Block Assembly

HydraulicActuators

A

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 11: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 4 of 36

5 Moving the Points Figure B2, Figure B3, Figure B4, Figure B5 and Figure B6 show the sequence of

operation of a set of switches from the left hand switch rail closed and locked through to the right hand switch rail closed and locked.

In Figure B2, the left hand switch rail is closed and locked against its stock rail. The left hand actuator is fully extended, having pushed the drive lock slide through the left hand lock and detector mechanism. The drive lock slide is supporting the left hand lock arm in the fully raised and, therefore, locked position, holding the switch rail against the stock rail.

Figure B2

Figure B3 shows a plan view of the drive lock slides and illustrates the slots in which the lock arms operate. These slots, the shape of the lock arm and the way in which the two interact, allow the two switch rails to move independently of each other; this is why the Permanent Way Engineer’s stretcher bar is important in the operation of the clamp lock.

Figure B3

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 12: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 5

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 5 of 36

When the points are ‘thrown’ by the operator, hydraulic oil is pumped from the power pack to the retracted actuator (which, in this example, is the right hand actuator) via a solenoid operated valve within the power pack. Standing pressure in the extended actuator is released by a pilot operated check valve (see 14.5), which allows the hydraulic oil within the extended actuator to escape back to the reservoir tank. On being pressurised, the right hand actuator will start to extend, pushing the right hand drive lock slide into the right hand body, and simultaneously, by virtue of the tie bar, pull the left hand drive slide out of its body, causing the extended actuator to retract.

After the actuator and drive lock slides have moved approx 40mm, the central bar of the left hand drive lock slide will pass from under the left hand lock arm allowing it to drop, either by gravity or as a consequence of the Force-down feature, thus unlocking the left hand clamp lock. The closed switch rail is now free to move as shown in Figure B4. Note that the central bar of the right hand drive lock slide is now lodged against the right hand lock arm causing it to lift, such that it runs along the underside of the stock rail while the points travel.

Figure B4

The actuator will continue to extend and will push the right hand drive lock slide, which in turn will push the lock arm to the right. As a consequence the lock arm, in effect being pivoted from the switch rail, will force the open switch rail to close (as shown in Figure B5) until it lies against the right hand stock rail.

Figure B5

Lock Arm Profile

Slide

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 13: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 6 of 36

As the permanent way stretcher bar couples the two switch rails, the closure of the open switch will simultaneously pull open the closed switch. Note that the tie bar does not pull the closed switch rail open. The situation is now as shown in Figure B6.

Figure B6

The right hand lock arm can no longer travel towards the right, but, because the actuator is still extending, the lock arm is forced to pivot upwards into its locked position until the drive lock slide is able to pass underneath it. The actuator and drive lock slide are now able to complete their travel. The central bar of the right hand drive lock slide will come to rest directly below the lock arm and will prevent the lock arm from dropping, locking the lock arm and, therefore, the switch rail in position. This final part of the movement locks the right hand machine, but has little effect on the left hand machine. The latter does, however, ensure that the minimum point opening is maintained. Figure B7 shows that the right hand drive lock slide has passed under the right hand lock arm and the right hand switch rail is closed and locked. The right hand actuator is now fully extended to its internal stop and its movement must not have exceeded 210mm. Figure B7

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 14: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 7

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 7 of 36

5.1 Actuator Travel The operation of the actuator is made up as follows :-

Operation Actuator Movement

Unlocking 40mm (approx) Moving Switches 105mm (minimum) Locking 60mm (approx)

6 Drive Lock Slide Position

On Mk1 equipment, the points can only be described as closed and fully locked when the end of the drive lock slide (ignoring the tab) is flush (+ 5mm) with the end of the lock body, as shown in Figure B8. Figure B8

On Mk2 equipment, the top of the drive lock slide protrudes from the body by approx 25mm when the points are fully closed and locked, as shown in Figure B9.

25mm

Figure B9

The hole in the drive lock slide tab is for a padlock to provide an additional locking-out facility for use prior to commissioning only. It does not replace clipping and scotching or integral baseplate locking fixtures.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 15: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 8 of 36

7 Operation of the Lock

The sequence of operation previously described has shown that the lock arm is forced up or allowed to drop by the movement of the drive lock slide.

As the lock arm is raised, its locking face passes behind a replaceable bronze locking piece, which is screwed to the body of the lock and detector mechanism (refer to Figure B10).

Locking Piece

Figure B10 The lock arm must present its locking face ‘square’ to the locking piece and to achieve this, the switch rail bracket must be parallel to stock rail. Generally, due to the planing of the switch rail, the web of the switch rail is at an angle to the stock rail. This angle must be compensated for by means of taper packing plates or, in the case of switch diamond layouts, alignment blocks. These must be inserted next to the web of the switch rail, between the web and the switch rail bracket (Figure B11). Full details of this procedure may be found in Part D. Figure B11

Taper Packing

Switch Rail Web

Point Toe

Long Arm Pivot Pin

Coarse Packing

Switch Rail Bracket

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 16: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 9

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 9 of 36

There are different types of lock arm, each type being identified by a letter. The most common is type A, which is used for most plain lead layouts; it is also used in all diagrams in this Code of Practice, unless otherwise stated. For further information on the sizes and types of lock arm refer to Part C. In 1986, the London Midland Region (LMR) introduced a modification called Force-down. The original design relied upon the lock arm dropping by gravity, but failure analysis revealed many failures where the lock arm failed to drop thereby jamming the mechanism. Force-down is achieved by modifying the lock arm hook profile and providing an angled face on the drive lock slide, which combine to pull the lock arm down should it not already have dropped under gravity (Figure B12).

Figure B12

The 1987 Design Review adopted the Force-down feature as standard, but went on to make further changes to the lock arm profile. Included in these modifications was the abandonment of the resilient rubber bushes in favour of a common bronze bush carrying both lock arm and detector blade lug, the pivot pin diameter being increased from 22mm to 25mm. The modified equipment was identified by being stamped with ‘A6’ or ‘SCC’ (Service Centre Conversion). Conversion to this style of Force-down involved replacing the drive lock slide, lock arm, detector blade and switch rail bracket in what become commonly known at the ‘A6 modification’. The LMR did not generally adopt the ‘A6 modification’, but continued with their own version of Force-down, since this alteration was less extensive and therefore easier to introduce; the 22mm pivot pin was reduced very slightly in diameter to aid lubrication. This version of equipment was identified by being stamped with the letter ‘L’ (highlighted in yellow paint). Conversion to this style of Force-down involved replacing the drive lock slide, lock arm and pivot pin.

Force-down

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 17: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 10 of 36

8 Detection The electrical detection associated with the clamp lock proves the position of both switch

rails, ie. closed switch closed and open switch open, as well as the condition of the lock. The detection circuit is only complete when both switch rails are correctly positioned and the lock arm has risen completely behind its locking piece.

To eliminate vulnerable rodding connections, these conditions are ascertained by plunger-

type, double-pole, snap-action limit switches operated by linear cams via cam followers. Each clamp lock contains: • Two plunger type limit switches.

• Two spring loaded cam followers with adjustable tappet screws.

• One adjustable linear cam (attached to the detector blade).

• One fixed linear cam (attached to the drive lock slide).

8.1 Limit Switches Each lock and detector mechanism contains two limit switches, which are designated left

hand and right hand as viewed from outside the track. Each limit switch contains two changeover contacts. These contacts are snap-action,

which is achieved by small magnets, which hold the contact assembly such that full contact pressure is maintained up to the break at changeover.

The back contacts, which are used to prove detection, are made when the plunger is

‘Out’, ie. the limit switch is relaxed (Figure B13). As the plunger is slowly depressed, these contacts remain made until the changeover point is reached, whereupon the two contact arms (2 and 5) snap across to make the front contacts; the limit switch is now ‘In’ (Figure B14).

The limit switches have a plunger differential of 0.5mm maximum between the make

and break positions of the contacts and full contact pressure is maintained up to the point of break.

Figure B13 Figure B14

Plunger OUT

B B

1 2 3 4 5 6

Plunger IN

1 2 3 4 5 6

F F

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 18: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 1

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 11 of 36

The limit switches are supplied wired with flying leads and are weather sealed. These switches are mounted in pairs between brackets with their leads taken to terminal blocks (Figure B15 and Figure B16).

Figure B15 Mk 1 Assembly Figure B16 Mk 2 Assembly

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 19: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 12 of 36

The brackets are fastened to a limit switch mounting plate. Each limit switch mounting plate contains two compression type cable glands, which should firmly grip the exterior sheath of the cable to prevent strain to the core (Figure B17).

Figure B17

8.2 Cam Followers Each limit switch is operated by its own cam follower, both followers being pivoted on a common spindle (Figure B18 and Figure B19). Like the limit switches, the cam followers are designated left hand and right hand as viewed from outside the track. The cam followers are spring loaded against two linear cams of equal height. One of the cams is mounted on the drive lock slide and is known as the ‘fixed cam’. The other cam, which is adjustable, is part of the detector blade assembly, which moves with the switch rail and is known as the ‘adjustable cam’.

K

1A

2B

3E4F 4H

3G

2D1C

L

B18 Left Hand Cam Follower

B19 Right Hand Cam Follower

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 20: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 3

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 13 of 36

8.2.1. Left Hand Cam Follower This cam follower has a broad foot and is driven by both the fixed cam on the drive lock slide and the adjustable cam on the point detector blade. It is used to prove that the closed switch rail is correctly positioned and that the drive lock slide has completed its travel, which in turn will cause the lock arm to rise completely behind the locking piece. It is known as the ‘closed and locked’ cam follower. a) Normal operation (closed switch): With the points closed and fully locked, both the fixed cam and the adjustable cam have passed far enough underneath the left hand cam follower to allow the cam follower to drop onto the notch cut out of its foot. This allows the left hand limit switch plunger to move to the ‘out’ position and the back contacts to make the closed and locked detection as shown in Figure B20.

Figure B20

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 21: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 14 of 36

b) Switch closed but not locked: With the lock failed, the drive lock slide is unable to complete its travel. The drive lock slide fixed cam now rests under the foot of the cam follower, preventing it from dropping down, and hence the back contacts of the limit switch remain broken, preventing detection (Figure B21).

Figure B21 c) Lock entered but switch detection incorrect: The fixed cam is in the correct position, but the position of the switch rail is incorrect, causing the adjustable cam to remain under the foot of the left hand cam follower, again preventing the back contacts from making. The plunger remains ‘in’ and there is no detection (Figure B22).

Figure B22

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 22: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 5

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 15 of 36

d) Switch open: The left hand cam follower is only held up by the opposite end of the adjustable cam because the drive lock slide fixed cam has travelled clear (maximum travel 210mm), as shown in Figure B23.

Figure B23

Figure B23 8.8.2 Right Hand Cam Follower This is driven only by the adjustable cam, which passes under both the left hand and right hand cam followers.

a) Normal operation (switch open): Provided the closed switch detection is correctly set and there is a minimum switch opening of 95mm (76mm for switch diamonds), the right hand cam follower starts to drop down the trailing edge of the adjustable cam. When the switch rail is fully open, ie. 105mm, the right hand cam follower foot will sit clear of the adjustable cam. This allows the right hand limit switch plunger to move to the ‘out’ position, and hence the back contacts to make the ‘open switch’ detection (see Figure B24).

Figure B24

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 23: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 16 of 36

b) Switch opening less than 95mm (76mm for switch diamonds): The right hand cam follower is lifted by the adjustable cam, which in turn operates the right hand limit switch, whose back contacts break the ‘open switch’ detection (Figure B25).

Figure B25

c) Switch rail closed: With the points closed and fully locked, the right hand cam follower is still lifted by the adjustable cam (Figure B26).

Figure B26

8.3 Limit Switch Operation Position The position of the limit switches for normal operation is:

Switch Left Hand Plunger

Right Hand Plunger

Closed and locked Out In Fully open In Out Mid-stroke In In

Figure B27

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 24: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 7

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 17 of 36

8.4 Lock and Detector Setting Gauges The gauges shown below are all required in order to set the lock correctly and to provide detection on the clamp lock mechanism.

Position of Gauge and Result

The ends shown should be used.

Between Point Detector Blade and Lug.

Point detection broken.

Between Switch & Stock Rail at a point in line with the lock arm.

Lock should fail to enter.

Between Point Detector Blade and Lug.

Point detection made.

4mm

Figure B28

2.5mm

Figure B29

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 25: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 18 of 36

Position of Gauge and Result

a) Between Switch and Stock Rail at a point in line with the lock arm.

Lock should enter.

b) Between LH Tappet Screw and Limit Switch.

Point detection made.

Between LH Tappet Screw and Limit Switch.

Point detection broken.

Between Switch and Stock Rail at a point in line with the first permanent way slide chair bolt.

Lock MUST fail to enter.

2mm

1.5mm

Figure B30

Figure B31

5

3.5

Figure B32 FPL Gauge

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 26: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 9

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 19 of 36

9 Lock Adjustment 9.1 General The clamp lock was designed using the principle of a loose lock, and to this end, a clearance is needed between the locking piece and the lock arm’s locking face. This clearance may be adjusted in two ways: coarse adjustment and fine adjustment.

9.2 Coarse Adjustment This is set during the installation procedure and must not be altered thereafter without regard to the switch opening. It is effected by inserting packing plates (Figure B33) between the switch rail bracket and the switch rail (Figure B35). The amount of packing will vary with the type and planing of the points. Packing plates of 1.6mm and 3mm thicknesses are available for this purpose (1.6mm, 6mm and 12mm are available for switch diamonds). Until recently, packing plates were only provided with holes; but to make coarse adjustment easier, packing pates now have slots.

Figure B33

9.3 Fine Adjustment This is effected by inserting shim plates (Figure B34), available in 0.6mm and 1.6mm thickness, behind the detachable locking piece in the lock body (Figure B35). The total amount of this find packing must not exceed a thickness of 4mm.

Figure B34

F

igure B35

Switch Rail Web

Switch Rail Bracket

Coarse Adjustment ~ 3mm and 1.6mmpacking plates placed between switch railbracket and switch rail web as required

Fine Adjustment ~ Shims, 1.6mm and 0.6mmplaced behind locking piece (final adjustmentmade after fitting coupling bar and actuators)

Locking Piece

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 27: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 20 of 36

10 Hydraulic System

The hydraulic equipment is self-contained for each point location. It consists of a power pack, located at the side of the track adjacent to the points, and two hydraulic actuators, mounted back to back in the centre of the track, to operate in line with the drive lock slides. The actuators are connected to the power pack with small bore flexible hoses fitted with ¼” BSP cone unions. During routine maintenance and installation or in the event of a point failure, it will be necessary to operate the clamp lock manually using the hand pump. Each power pack incorporates a hand pumping mechanism, directional control lever and a power/manual selection switch. To operate a set of points from Normal to Reverse manually, turn the power/manual switch to manual and operate the directional control lever to Reverse. Operate the hand pump until the points complete the travel. Repeat the procedure for Reverse to Normal, but operate the directional control lever to Normal. Power packs should be stored and transported in an upright position. Failure to do so may cause the hydraulic fluid (inserted during manufacturer’s testing) to drain away, preventing the pump from operating under load conditions. If this occurs, the power pack should be briefly run with the actuators disconnected, taking precautions against hydraulic fluid spillage. This allows the oil pump to be re-primed.

WARNING Hydraulic fluid is inflammable and may be under pressure. Special care must be taken in the event of a track fire. If possible, put the Power Pack to ‘manual’ to prevent points operating whilst dealing with the fire.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 28: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 2 1

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 21 of 36

10.1 Power Pack (Two Port) The power pack is available as a standard 110V dc (ac immune) version or, for use in special applications only, as a 50V dc version. It has been manufactured by either Smiths Industries (FigureB36) or Vickers (Figure B37) and is housed in a metal case arranged for base mounting which comprises:

a) A tank forming an oil reservoir with a top plate for mounting other units, including a capped oil filler point with a filter cup.

The system is designed to use Lorco Hydraulic Fluid, Ref. No. R7116. The tank is filled through the filter cup. The level of the oil should be maintained within 6mm from the top of the filler point.

b) An oil pump driven by an electric motor. The motor is flange mounted and stands vertically on the top plate whilst the pump is on the underside, submerged in the oil.

c) A manifold valve block, incorporating an oil filter, non-return valves and oil pressure relief valves. The oil filter does not require field maintenance.

d) A twin solenoid operated directional control valve of a self-centring spool type arranged for sub-plate mounting on the valve block. It can be operated manually for emergency operation.

e) ¼” BSP male cone union nipples for making the oil line hose connections to the actuators.

f) A cut-out switch for isolating the electrical control when operating the equipment manually.

g) A terminal panel for the connection of external cables.

h) A compression type cable entry gland.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 29: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 22 of 36

Pump HandleRotary Control Switch

Directional Control Lever

Neutral Position

Figure B36 Smiths Industries Type

Pump Handle Socket

Rotary Control SwitchDirectional Control Lever

Neutral Position

Figure B37 Vickers Type

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 30: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 2 3

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 23 of 36

10.2 Power Pack (Four Port) Up until mid 1991, power packs had only been provided with two hydraulic connections, labelled ‘N’ for normal and ‘R’ for reverse.

Such packs have been used to operate hydraulic supplementary drives by means of ‘T’ pieces external to the pack.

To allow for safer operation of hydraulic supplementary drives, the standard is the four port pack. This has two outlets for the front cylinders and two outlets for the supplementary drive cylinders. The two circuits are separate so that oil cannot leak back from the supplementary drive to the front cylinders.

A reducing orifice has been fitted in the supplementary drive circuit to delay the movement of the heel of the switch.

The first batch of four port power packs have been provided by converting Vickers packs to provide separate connections for the supplementary drives. The converted Vickers packs have four hydraulic connections, two in the usual position for connection to the toe actuators and a further two (above and to the side of the respective ‘N’ and ‘R’ outlets) to supply the supplementary drive actuators.

The positions of the connections are shown in Figure B38. As the converted pack has had to be fitted with an extra manifold block, it stands about 80 mm higher than an unconverted pack. It is also fitted with a steel cover, which is not interchangeable.

Current supplies of packs from Smiths Industries incorporate the latest modifications. The Smiths pack has four outlets on a common manifold block, labelled ‘MN’ Main Normal, ‘MR’ Main Reverse, ‘BN’ Supplementary (Back) drive Normal and ‘BR’ Supplementary (Back) drive Reverse, as shown in Figure B39.

It should be noted that connections should be made to all four outlets before the pack is operated, otherwise oil will be expelled from the unconnected outlets. Unused outlets must be blanked off with standard metal sealing plugs.

The electrical connections, manual operation and reservoir access cap remain unchanged; hence, the dual outlet unit will be a direct replacement for the previous standard.

It should be noted that when hand pumping points fitted with hydraulic supplementary drives, more strokes of the hand pump are necessary. Care must be taken, as it is possible for the toe to fit up and lock whilst other parts of the switch have not completed their travel. It is necessary to continue pumping until the whole of the switch is correctly fitting to the stock rail.

The latest Smiths Industries (SI) power packs contain a safe oil device (snorkel valve) to prevent pumping air into the actuators in the event of the oil level falling below the pump inlet. Such packs are identified by a blue patch on the tank.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 31: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 24 of 36

Figure B38 Vickers Conversion to Four Ports

BNMN MR

BR

Figure B39 Smiths Four Port Power Pack

10.2 Actuators and Hoses Figure B40 shows a hydraulic actuator which is a single acting thrust device. It is arranged for spigot location at each end. The operating force is taken on the ends of the spigots, which are equipped with synthetic rubber ‘O’ rings to reduce fretting. A single hose connection is made to each actuator using union nuts of ¼” BSP female, which are drilled for wire locking. The actuators are loosely retained in position at each end, using 6.3 mm x 50 mm split pins.

ExtraManifoldBlock

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 32: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 2 5

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 25 of 36

Two types of actuators are available, each of which has a maximum stroke of 213mm. The standard actuator has an effective cross sectional area of 450mm².

The second type is a larger diameter actuator, having an effective cross sectional area of 790mm², thereby producing 75% more force at the switch. They are only to be used where authorised by the Infrastructure Controller either in writing or in the form of a standard drawing. Larger diameter actuators are coloured blue.

The installed maximum working stroke should never exceed 210mm. Adjustment is effected by means of packing at the inner ends of the actuator. Each actuator must extend to the limit of the stop within the cylinder when the mechanism is closed and locked.

Figure B40

10.4 Operation Reference should be made to Figure B41. The system stands de-energised with one actuator extended, holding one switch rail closed and locked. The control valve spool rests in the central position, blocking off the oil feed and return lines, thus hydraulically locking the extended actuator.

Changing the point control to throw the points from normal to reverse energises the pump motor and the reverse valve solenoid simultaneously.

The value spool moves to open the actuator feed/return lines and oil under pressure is fed to the reverse actuator. The reverse actuator extends and the normal actuator retracts by the action of the tie bar between the drive lock slides. The oil from the retracting actuator returns to the tank.

At the end of the stroke and when detection of the points is complete, the detection relay opens the point control circuit to de-energise the motor and the solenoid control valve.

When the power pack solenoids are de-energised, the control value spool returns to the central position to lock the actuators hydraulically.

The total time of operation (unlock, throw, relock and detect) of the points should not exceed three seconds for the basic standard 110 volt power pack without hydraulic supplementary drives.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 33: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 26 of 36

The system relief value is set for a pressure of approximately 95 bar (1400 psi), which allows for a thrust of the actuators of up to 430 kgf (950 lbf). An additional relief valve, set for a pressure of approximately 140 bar (2060 psi), is included in each of the actuator lines to protect against excessive pressure in the lines under conditions of run-through.

The pressure attained whilst the actuators are moving is determined by the load characteristics but that pressure will always rise to full relief pressure (95 bar) at the each of each stroke. This is because the pump motor is not switched off until detection of the points is completed.

When the Power/Manual switch is set for manual operation, the value solenoids and the motor are disconnected (Figure B41). On very early hydraulic equipment, the cut-out does not disconnect the motor.

Switch diamonds and double slips may be powered by either one or two packs. If only one pack is used, the time to operate both pairs of switches will be double the time to operate one pair.

Front Hydraulic Actuators

Interlocked Cut-out SwitchFor Manual Operation

From N/R Point Contactor Relays

Supplementary Drives

Directional Control Valve

Valve Block

Brown

WM NW RW

N R

YellowRed/White

BlackRed

Blue

Motor

HandPump

Filter

RW

+

NW

+ +

Figure B41 Schematic of Power Pack

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 34: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 2 7

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 27 of 36

10.5 Hydraulic Lock Each power pack incorporates two non-return valves. When the solenoids are de-energised, these valves close to prevent fluid returning from the actuators, providing a hydraulic lock. The effectiveness of this lock is dependent on the type of valve.

Early power packs manufactured by Smiths Industries rely solely on the directional valve to provide the hydraulic lock. Such valves use a spool moving in a cylindrical bore to switch the fluid lines and do not incorporate effective seals, since these impair free spool movement.

If a load were pushing back on the actuator, this system will not provide an effective hydraulic lock. In fact, such a load does not occur in this application, since the raised lock arm of the closed switch does not exert any force on the drive lock slide in the direction of the actuator.

This, however, is not the case with hydraulic supplementary drive actuators, where special arrangements are made to overcome the problem.

In 1982, the power pack specification was revised to incorporate ‘pilot operated check valves’ (POCVs) in the actuator outlet lines. These are non-return valves which prevent oil from leaving the actuator line except when pressure is detected on the pump side of the opposite actuator line. Therefore, correct operation is permitted whilst the efficiency of the hydraulic lock is improved.

All power packs manufactured by Vickers and four port packs by Smiths were fitted with pilot operated check valves. Smiths two port packs returned for servicing after 1982 were fitted with a new manifold block incorporating pilot check valves.

The two types of valve fitted to the Smiths packs can be identified by measuring the face where the hose connections are made, or by identifying their material colour. Original valves are 80mm long and made of alloy (silver grey), whereas pilot check valve blocks are 102mm long and are electro-zinc plated (gold).

There is a mixture of packs in service and although operating features of the packs are the same, the ability to operate the points by crowbar differs.

10.6 Manual Operation by Crowbar Lugs are provided at each end of the tie bar which connects the two drive lock slides to enable the release of the point lock and operation of the points by means of a crowbar. This procedure should only be necessary during failure of both electric and manual hydraulic pumps.

Where the power pack is an early unmodified Smiths type without pilot operated check valves, the rotary control switch must be set to manual and then the hydraulic control valve knob must be manually operated to the normal or reverse position, as appropriate, and retained in that position whilst the crowbar movement takes place.

This procedure is not possible with a power pack equipped with pilot operated check valves. The only method to release the hydraulic lock is to uncouple the hydraulic hose unions and permit the oil to escape from the system. Such a procedure demands a signal engineering presence on site.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 35: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 28 of 36

11 Differences Between Mk I and Mk 2 Equipment

This section summarises the differences between Mk 1 and Mk 2 equipment. For further information on installation or maintenance, refer to the relevant section in this handbook.

The Mk 2 clamp lock was introduced in 1989 to solve the problems encountered with the original design. It incorporates several improvements to increase reliability, as follows:

• A cast steel body for longer life.

• Improved fixing to rail.

• The ‘A6’ modification, consisting of:

Force-down provided on lock arm and drive lock slide to operate if the lock arm fails to drop.

Bronze bush instead of resilient bushes, to cure problems of resilient bush failure, ie seizing on the pin and lock arm jamming in switch rail bracket.

5-way vertical terminal block, which reduces strain on crimps and allows use of pre-terminated moulded cable.

These differences are explained below, although it is emphasised that the Mk 2 clamp lock is broadly similar to the original and is installed in a similar manner.

11.1 Lock and Detector Mechanism The cast steel body is similar in shape to the original fabricated body, except that the front plate is vertical. This is because the Mk 2 clamp lock has been designed to fit the Permanent Way Engineer’s standard 113A flat bottom vertical rail section.

The bridge plate provided on the fabricated body to carry the limit switch mounting plate is omitted from the cast steel body.

The limit switch mounting plate is screwed directly to the body casting with socket cap screws and now carries the cam follower springs. Removal of the mounting plate will free the springs and should not be attempted on site. (See Part F Section 5.)

11.2 Adaptor Blocks The adaptor blocks are designed to provide a metal-to-metal support on the bolt centre line between the rail and the body. The adaptor blocks are first secured to the body by a socket cap screw. The load is carried by a steel bush passing through both adaptor block and body.

It is important to ensure that this bush is in place before bolting the body to the rail.

A different adaptor block is required for each rail section.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 36: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 2 9

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 29 of 36

11.3 Switch and Terminal Block Assembly A new arrangement of terminal blocks is fitted, consisting of two 5 way blocks arranged vertically.

The switch and terminal assembly is fitted to the switch mounting plate by resilient washers as before, but the switch mounting plate is screwed directly onto the body casting.

11.4 Cam Followers The cam followers and tappet screws operate in the same manner as on the original machine. However, because of the vertical body front plate and the absence of the bridge plate carrying the limit switch mounting plate, their appearance in the body is slightly different.

To provide greater bearing area, the profiles of the cam followers are different from those supplied in the fabricated body.

11.5 Drive Lock Slide Position Because the cast body is simplified in shape, the drive lock slide protrudes from the mechanism in the closed and locked position by approximately 25mm.

11.6 Locking Piece The Mk 2 locking piece is reversible. To reduce costs, the locking piece was changed to a steel plate with a bronze facing strip, which could be reversed if badly worn. Problems with the facing piece becoming detached from the steel backing plate have resulted in the re-introduction of a solid one-piece bronze construction.

11.7 Switch Rail Bracket The switch rail bracket is almost identical to the previous bracket. However, because of the changes to the lock arm bush, the pivot pin is a larger diameter (25mm as opposed to 22mm) and hence, the diameter of the holes that carry the pivot pin are also larger.

11.8 Lock Arm and Detector Blade The lock arm resilient rubber bush is replaced by a common bronze bush, which also carries the detector blade lug. Each component is held onto the bush with a circlip.

The lock arm also incorporates the Force-down feature that prevents the lock arm sticking up behind the locking piece.

11.9 Identification Mk 2 equipment is easy to identify. Each switch rail bracket, lock arm, pivot pin and lock slide is stamped. In the flat bottom plain lead the case of equipment is stamped ‘A6’, whereas on switch diamonds the equipment is stamped ‘C6’ or ‘D6’. The lock and detector mechanism is cast in one piece and each carries its own serial number. Further information can be found in Part C and Part D.

11.10 Mk 1 and Mk 2 Combinations If necessary, Mk 1 and Mk 2 assemblies may be mixed, but the Mk I equipment must be modified to Force-down.

A Mk 1 switch rail assembly can be used with a Mk 2 lock and detector assembly and vice versa. Also, Mk 1and 2 equipment may be installed on opposite switches of a set of points. However, such mixing is not good engineering practice and should be avoided where possible.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 37: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

3 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 30 of 36

12 Control Circuits 12.1 Relay Operation The point control relays NW2PR/RW2PR, shown in Figure B42, which is based on the typical circuits, are fed from the NLR/RLR relays in the interlocking at the relay room.

The following principles must be satisfied in both the control and detection circuits:

• The control N/RLR must correspond with the lie of the points before detection is completed.

• Point drive relays must be proved de-energised before final detection is completed.

• If the detection does not make up or if the clamp lock does complete its stroke, the drive supply must be removed within 6-9 seconds.

• If the points fail to correspond or the signalman changes his mind mid-stroke, the circuitry must allow for the reversal of the points and any cut-out device must instantly reset.

When the points are to be moved, the appropriate LR is latched up in the interlocking. For example, if the points are required to be reversed, the RLR will be latched up in the relay room and will apply a voltage of the correct polarity to energise the RW2PR via the back contact of the NW2PR, proving that the opposing relay has not remained energised.

The RW2PR energising together with the back contact of the RKR (ie. no reverse detection), applies a voltage to the coils of the WJR. The WJR is a relay with a delayed pick up of between 6-9 seconds, the time allowed for the points to operate and be detected.

The RW2PR energising also energises the point contactor relay WR until either the point detection is made or the WJR relay is energised after 6-9 seconds.

The WR relay operates the motor to pump the hydraulic fluid, and also the reverse valve via the energised RW2PR relay.

Note: The examples of control and detection shown here are for illustration purposes only.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 38: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3 1

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 31 of 36

Figure B42 Single Ended (LHNC) Control Circuit

R2 R4

3132NW2PR

3132RW2PR

3132W2PR1

D11 A6 A53132

NW2PRD5 D6

3132RW2PR

R3 R13132

W2PR2

D123132

WKR1

D13

3132WMR

A5 A6B50(X1)

3132NKR

C2 C13132RKR

A1 A23132NKR

D1 D23132RKRB1B231323132

3132 3132

3132

3132 3132 3132 3132

3132

3132

3132 3132

3132

3132

3132

3132

3132 3132

3132

3132

3132

WKR2

D14WMR

D6 D5N50(X1)

N50(L)B50(L)NKR NW2PR

RKR RW2PR

D1 D2D6 D5

WJRR1 R3

R1 R2D4D3A7A8A7A8A3D3

A6 A5 A1 A2

RKRWJR NKR NW2PR WMR

RW2PR

A3 A4

B120(C)10A C1 C3

C2 C4

WR

WRRW

RW

NW

NW

WM

WM

PUMP UNIT

MOTOR

N VALVE

R VALVE

CUT OUT SWITCH

4c 2.5mm2 (f) to3132 WM

WM

NW2PR NVALVE

C3 C4

L01

L02

1

2

3

4

RW2PR RVALVE

B3 B4 L03

L04

WMN

C7 C5

C8 C6

N120(C)

All wiring in thesecircuits is 1.15mm2

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 39: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

3 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 32 of 36

12.2 SSI Operation Figure B43 shows part of the typical location points module to clamp locks. Reference should be made to SSI8500 for further information regarding the use of clamp locks with SSI signalling equipment.

Figure B43 A points module will drive up to four clamp lock hydraulic pump motors allocated to two independently numbered sets of points and arranged in a combination of point ends.

Each output is nominally 120V dc and is rated for one clamp lock pump motor only. Each must be fused at 15A.

An eight second motor cut-off timer is built into the module. A motoring up facility is is also provided in the module which operates in the event of detection loss without any change in the points control command from the interlocking.

Tail cable lengths are restricted only by the usual voltage drop considerations.

123A WMISOLATING SWITCH

PUMP1

2

3

4

5

6

WM -

NW +

NW -

RW+

RW -

WM +

N - VALVE

R - VALVE

123A WM

123A WMN

123A NWN

123A RWN

123A NW

123A RW

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

2 x 10k Ω

MISC(2)

MODULE 01P23

f1 15A

MISC(2)

f2 2A

MISC(2)

f3 2A

77

79

60

64

58

62

PO/P'Y'

63

65

6c 50/0.25mm

BX 140(2)

CNX (2)

15A

VO/P 'Y' N

VO/P'Y'

PI/P'Y'

PO/P'Y'

PI/P'Y'

PI/P'Y'

'Y'DET

+ 5

2 x 10k Ω

MISC(2)

f4 15A

MISC(2)

f5 2A

MISC(2)

f6 2A

75

78

56

57

37

54

56

57

123B WMISOLATING SWITCH

PUMP1

2

3

4

5

6

WM -

NW +

NW -

RW+

RW -

WM +

N - VALVE

R - VALVE

123B WM

123B WMN

123B NWN

123B RWN

123B NW

123B RW

D7

D8

D9

D10

D11

D12

6c 50/0.25mm

BX 140(2)

CNX (2)

15A+ 6

01P23(BXE)

01P23(NXE)

53 TIP(BXE)

53 TIP(NXE)

01P23(BXE)

01P23(NXE)

C9

C10

C11

C12

TP LO

13

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 40: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3 3

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 33 of 36

13 Detection Circuits 13.1 Microswitch Detection Symbols • Contacts made when points normal:

• Contacts made when points normal and locked:

• Contacts made when points not reverse:

• Contacts made when points reverse:

• Contacts made when points reverse and locked:

• Contacts made when points not normal:

Figure B44 shows the typical drawing used to illustrate the microswitches in the clamp lock detection circuit. As the microswitches consist of changeover contacts, the symbols for the normal and reverse detection contacts are drawn back to back. The diagram is the internal wiring for one lock body. (The mechanism fitted to the normally closed switch is shown – the wiring of the other mechanism is identical but the function of the microswitches is different.)

NORMAL AND

LOCKED (1&2: 4&5)NOT NORMAL

(2&3: 5&6)

YE

RD

BU

RD

YE

BU

K

1A

2B

3E

4F

LH RHR.H.L.S.

L.H.L.S.

N N

N N

R R

R R

1 2 3

4 5 6

1 2 3

4 5 6

BK

GN

WH

BK

GN

WH

L

1C

2D

3G

4H

REVERSE(1&2: 4&5)

NOT REVERSE(2&3: 5&6)

Figure B44 13.2 Relay Operation Figure B45 shows a typical detection circuit for a single ended set of points with right hand switch normally closed (RHNC) when the points are normal. The figure shows a feed, which, for the points in the normal position, goes to the right hand mechanism left hand limit switch and then the right hand limit switch. The feed then transfers to the left hand mechanism right hand limit switch and then the left hand limit switch to the normal detection relay.

The circuit shown is a 4-wire system and hence the normal and reverse detection circuits are separate and do not rely on polarity change and biased relays as used in 2-wire systems.

For a single set of points with left hand switch normally closed refer to Figure B46.

N

N

R

R

R

N

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 41: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

3 4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 34 of 36

Figure B45 RHNC

LEFT

HAN

D M

ECH

.

RIG

HT

HAN

D M

ECH

.

(R)

(R)

(L)

(L)

LIM

IT S

WIT

CH

ESN

OTE

S:

L.H

.L.S

. DEN

OTE

S LE

FT H

AND

LIM

IT S

WIT

CH

(L)

R.H

.L.S

. DEN

OTE

S R

IGH

T H

AND

LIM

IT S

WIT

CH

(R)

RIG

HT

HA

ND

CLO

SED

WH

EN P

OIN

TS N

OR

MA

L (R

.H.N

.C.)

PRE-

FOR

MED

TE

RM

INAT

ION

SC

OLO

UR

CO

DED

- YE

LLO

WUN

BUSH

ED H

OLE

4c2.

5mm

2 (f)

WIT

H P

RE

-FO

RM

ED

TER

MIN

ATIO

NS

YE

LLO

WBL

OC

K

BLA

CK

BLO

CK

YE

LLO

WBL

OC

KB

LAC

KBL

OC

KY

ELL

OW

BLO

CK

BLA

CK

BLO

CK

LEFT

HAN

D M

ECH

.R

IGH

T H

AND

MEC

H.

4c2.

5mm

2 (f)

WIT

H P

RE-

FOR

MED

TER

MIN

ATIO

NS

4c2.

5mm

2 (f)

WIT

H P

RE-

FOR

MED

TER

MIN

ATIO

NS

PRE-

FOR

MED

TE

RM

INAT

ION

SC

OLO

UR

CO

DED

- BL

ACK

PRE-

FOR

MED

TE

RM

INAT

ION

SC

OLO

UR

CO

DED

- BL

ACK

PRE-

FOR

MED

TE

RM

INAT

ION

SC

OLO

UR

CO

DED

- YE

LLO

W

PRE-

FOR

MED

TE

RM

INAT

ION

SC

OLO

UR

CO

DED

- YE

LLO

WPR

E-FO

RM

ED T

ER

MIN

ATIO

NS

CO

LOU

R C

OD

ED -

BLAC

K

UN

BUSH

ED H

OLE

DIS

CO

NN

ECTI

ON

BO

XM

OU

NTE

D O

N C

LAM

PLO

CK

POW

ER P

ACK

TO K

R R

ELAY

S

YE

YE

YE

YE

YE

RD

RD

RD

RD BU

RD

BU

BU

BK

GN

GN

WH

WH

BK

WH

WH

BK

BKG

N

GN

L 1C 2D 3G 4H RH

L.H

.L.S

.

NN

NN

L 1C 2D 3G 4H RH

L.H

.L.S

.

RR

RR N

N

NN R.H

.L.S

.

12

3

45

6

12

3

45

6

1 2 3 4

K 1A 2B 3E 4F LH

RK

R

RKR

N

NK

R

NKR

N

1 2 3 4

12

3

45

6

12

3

45

6R

.H.L

.S.

RR R

R

K 1A 2B 3E 4F LH

NKR

(B)

NKR

(N)

RKR

(B)

RKR

(N)

1 2 3 4

OR 1R 2R 3R 4R R.H

.L.

H.

OL

1L 2L 3L 4L

B N

NKR

N

NK

R

RK

R

RKR

N

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 42: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3 5

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995 Page B 35 of 36

LEFT

HAN

D M

ECH

.

RIG

HT

HAN

D M

ECH

.

(R)

(R)

(L)

LIM

IT S

WIT

CH

ESN

OTE

S:L.

H.L

.S. D

ENO

TES

LEFT

HAN

D L

IMIT

SW

ITC

H (L

)R

.H.L

.S. D

ENO

TES

RIG

HT

HAN

D L

IMIT

SW

ITC

H (R

)

LEFT

HA

ND

CLO

SED

WH

EN P

OIN

TS N

OR

MA

L (L

.H.N

.C.)

PRE-

FOR

MED

TE

RM

INAT

ION

SC

OLO

UR

CO

DED

- YE

LLO

WUN

BUSH

ED H

OLE

4c2.

5mm

2 (f)

WIT

H P

RE-

FOR

MED

TER

MIN

ATIO

NS

YELL

OW

BLO

CK

BLAC

KBL

OC

KYE

LLO

WBL

OC

KBL

ACK

BLO

CK

YELL

OW

BLO

CK

BLAC

KBL

OC

K

LEFT

HAN

D M

ECH

.R

IGH

T H

AND

MEC

H.

4c2.

5mm

2 (f)

WIT

H P

RE-

FOR

MED

TER

MIN

ATIO

NS

4c2.

5mm

2 (f)

WIT

H P

RE-

FOR

MED

TER

MIN

ATIO

NS

PRE-

FOR

MED

TE

RM

INAT

ION

SC

OLO

UR

CO

DED

- BL

ACK

PRE-

FOR

MED

TE

RM

INAT

ION

SC

OLO

UR

CO

DED

- BL

ACK

PRE-

FOR

MED

TE

RM

INAT

ION

SC

OLO

UR

CO

DED

- YE

LLO

W

PRE-

FOR

MED

TE

RM

INAT

ION

SC

OLO

UR

CO

DED

- YE

LLO

WPR

E-FO

RM

ED T

ER

MIN

ATIO

NS

CO

LOU

R C

OD

ED -

BLAC

KU

NBU

SHED

HO

LE

DIS

CO

NN

ECTI

ON

BO

XM

OU

NTE

D O

N C

LAM

PLO

CK

POW

ER P

ACK

TO K

R R

ELAY

S

YE YE

YE YERD

RD

RD

RD

BU RD

BU BU

BK GN

GN

WH

WH

BK

WH

WH

BK

BK

GN

GN

L 1C 2D 3G 4H RH

L.H

.L.S

.

NN

NN

L 1C 2D 3G 4H RH

L.H

.L.S

.

RR

RR N

N

NN R.H

.L.S

.

12

3

45

6

12

3

45

6

1 2 3 4

K 1A 2B 3E 4F LH

RKR

RKR

N

NKR

NKR

N

1 2 3 4

12

3

45

6

12

3

45

6R

.H.L

.S.

RR R

R

K 1A 2B 3E 4F LH

NKR

(B)

NKR

(N)

RKR

(B)

RKR

(N)

1 2 3 4

OR

1R 2R 3R 4R R.H

.L.

H.

OL

1L 2L 3L 4L

B N

(L)

Figure B46 LHNC

NKR

NKR

N

RKR

RKR

N

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 43: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

3 6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page B 36 of 36

SSI Operation Figure B47 shows part of the typical location points module to clamp locks. Reference should be made to SSI8500 for further information regarding the use of clamp locks with SSI signalling equipment.

POINTSMODULE

Y SETSHOWN

MOTOR 3VALVE 3(N)VALVE 2(R)MOTOR 2

OUTPUT CIRCUITSWM

NW

RW

WM

A PUMP UNIT

B PUMP UNITNW

RW

DISCONNECTION BOXMOUNTED ON CLAMPLOCK POWER PACK

DETECTION CIRCUITS

BXENXE

SUPPLY

INPUTX1 OR Y1X2 OR Y2

OR

1R

2R

3R

4R

R.H.

L.H.

OL

1L

2L

3L

4L

1

2

3

4

NKR (B)

NKR (N)

RKR (B)

RKR (N)

1

2

3

4

NKR

NKRN

RKR

RKRN

See Figures B45 and B46 for external details

Figure B47 The detection inputs on the points modules, Y1/Y2 and X1/X2, are designated specifically for point detection. These inputs, as well as detecting the presence or not of an input supply, also detect the reversal of the supplies. Thus, each input can detect the points in the normal position, the reverse position or mid – stroke (ie. undetected). The detection inputs must be on the same points module as the corresponding drive outputs.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 44: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 1 of 21

Part C Component Identification

1 Components

The following figures are provided as an aid to component information.

Figure C1 Exploded View 2 Figure C25 Switch Diamond Switch Rail Bracket Type 'SD3'

18

Figure C2 General View of MK 1 Mechanical Assembly

4

Figure C26 Double Slip Switch Rail Assembly

19

Figure C3 Mk 1 Body Assembly 4 Figure C27 Double Slip Lock Arm and Detector Blade Type 'B'

19

Figure C4 Mk 2 Adapter Block and Washer Plates

5

Figure C28 Centre Thrust Bracket Plain Leads

20

Figure C5 Figure C6

Mk 1 Locking Piece Mk 1 Drain Lock Slide

6 6

Figure C29 Centre Thrust Bracket Plain Leads (exploded view)

20

Figure C7 Figure C8

Mk 1 Cam Followers Mk 1 Limit Switches

7 7

Figure C30 Centre Thrust Bracket Switch Diamonds

21

Figure C9 General View of Mk 2 Mechanical Assembly

8

Figure C31 Centre Thrust Bracket - Switch Diamond (side view)

21

Figure C10 Mk 2 Cast Body 9 Figure C32 Centre Thrust Bracket - Double Slips (Right Hand Road)

21

Figure C11 Mk 2 Adaptor Blocks and Washer Plates

10

Figure C12 Mk 2 Locking Piece (Fabricated) 11 Figure C13 Mk 2 Locking Piece (One-piece) 11 Figure C14 Mk 2 Drive Lock Side 12 Figure C15 Mk 2 Cam Followers 12 Figure C16 Mk 2 Limit Switches 13 Figure C17 Plain lead Switch Roll

Assembly (General View) 13

Figure C18 Plain Lead Lock Arm and Detector Blade Type 'A'

14

Figure C19 Plain Lead Lock Arm and Detector Blade Type 'F'

14

Figure C20 Plain Lead Lock Arm and Detector Blade Type 'E6'

15

Figure C21 Switch Diamond Switch Rail Bracket Type 'SD1'

16

Figure C22 Switch Diamond Lock Arm And Detector Blade Type 'C' (Switch Diamond 1 : 71/2 and flatter)

16

Figure C23 Switch Diamond Switch Rail Bracket Type 'SD2'

17

Figure C24 Switch Diamond Lock Arm And Detector Blade Type 'D' (Switch Diamond 1 : 51/2 to 1 : 7)

17

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 45: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 2 of 21

Figure C1 Exploded View

43

1

75

73

4150

60

60

4957 76 48 63 72 68

7069

687178

5846

61 5976

6256

3954

41 5654

445152

53

55

6777

744263

403755

38

32

33

6634

31

3664

65 35372728

29911 10

30

652

34

78

171513

12

14

1819

20

23

22

24

16

26 21

25

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 46: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 3 of 21

Part. No.

Equipment BRS SM/SE No

Part. No.

Equipment BRS S M/SE No

1 LOCK AND DETECTOR MECH. 2201 40 CROWBAR LUG 501/23 ASSY. 41 DRIVE LUG 522 2 LOCKING PIECE MK2 LOCK/DET. 2201/4 42 TIE BAR 521/1 CAST BODY. 43 SWITCH RAIL BRACKET SSY. TYPE 2212 3 TAB WASHER FOR LOCKING PIECE. 526/10 A6 4 SPECIAL SCREW FOR LOCKING 2201/8 44 SWITCH RAIL BRACKET TYPE A6 2212/1 45 LOCK AND DETECTOR ARM ASSY. 2205 5 SHIM FOR LOCKING PIECE 1.6 mm. 506/2 46 LOCK ARM TYPE A6 2213/1 THICK 47 BRUSH BRONZE 2213/2 6 SHIM FOR LOCKING PIECE 0.6 mm 506/1 48 EXTERNAL CIRCLIP SERIES 1400 THICK. SIZE 42

7 CAM FOLLOWER-CLOSED SWITCH 2201/2 49 PIN A6 FOR SWITCH RAIL BRACKET 2212/2 8 CAM FOLLOWER-OPEN SWITCH 2201/3 ASSY. 9 PIN FOR CAM FOLLOWERS. 2201/7 50 SPLIT COTTER PIN 5 mm x 32 mm

10 TAB WASHER FOR CAM FOLLOWER 526/11 51 PACKING PLATE 1.6 mm THICK 516/2 PIN. 52 PACKING PLATE 3 mm THICK 516/2

11 SCREW. HEX HD M8 x 14 53 TAPPER PACKING PLATE 502/5 12 SPRING OUTER CAM FOLLOWER 501/14 54 SPACER 508/5 13 SPRING INNER CAM 501/15 55 BOLT M20 x 100

FOLLOWER-CLOSED SW. 56 NUT SELF-LOCKING M20 14 SPRING HOUSING 2201/6 57 DETECTOR ARM ASSY. 2214 15 SWITCH MOUNTING PLATE 2201/5 58 DETECTOR BLADE 514/1 16 SWITCH PLATE ASSEMBLY. 2204 59 ADJUSTABLE CAM 515/1 17 SWITCH SEAL 501/12 60 BEARING LUG A6 2213/3 18 NUT SELF-LOCKING M8 61 ADJUSTABLE SCREW 513/11 19 FLANGED BUSH 546 62 NUT SELF-LOCKING M16 20 RESILIENT WASHER 547 63 DISPLACEMENT RAM-BR SPEC 21 CABLE GLAND M32 x 15 SE 69 817 22 SEALED CONTACT LIMIT SWITCH SE70/ 64 ADAPTER BLOCK ASSY. FB VERT 2202

3 TRACK

23 TERMINAL BLOCK LH WITH NUTS 2204/3 65 ADAPTOR BLOCK BUSH 2202/2 AND WASHERS 66 SPECIAL BOLT 510/4

24 TERMINAL BLOCK RH WITH NUTS 2204/4 67 CENTRE THRUST BRACKET ASSY. 523 AND WASHERS TYPE A

25 COVER FOR DETECTOR 501/21 68 SOCKET MOUNTING 523/2 MECHANISM 69 PACKING FOR CENTRE THRUST 525/1

26 PIN FOR DETECTOR COVER 501/22 BRKT 6 mm THICK 27 DRIVE LOCK SLIDE ASSY. TYPE A6 2215 70 PACKING FOR CENTRE THRUST 525/2 28 CAM FIXED 501/20 BRKS 3 mm THICK 29 SCREW HEX. SOCKET HD. CAP M8 71 SPACER 23 mm THICK 508/6

x35 72 SPACER 6.5 mm THICK 508/7 30 SPIRAL PIN 5/16” DIA x 2" LG 73 BRIGHT WASHER M16 FORM B 31 INSULATING BUSH 545 74 B OLT M16 x 140 32 DRIVE BRACKET 501/25 75 NUT SELF-LOCKING M16 33 SPLIT COTTER PIN 6.3 mm x 63 mm 76 SPLIT COTTER PIN 6.3 mm x 50 mm 34 COUPLING BOLT 501/26 77 SPIRAL PIN 7/16 "x1" 35 COUPLING BOLT WASHER 78 COACH SCREW SQ. HD. 3/4 "x6" 36 CRINKLE WASHER M16 37 NUT SELF-LOCKING M16 38 BOLT M16 x 90 39 COVER FOR ACTUATOR 501/27

Figure C1 continued

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 47: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 4 of 21

Figure C3 Mk 1 Body Assembly

Switch Mounting Plate

Switch Seal

Tappet Screw

CoverSpring

Spring Housing

Cam Follower

Cam Follower

Cam

Pin

Adjusting Screw

Side Plate

Base PlateAdjustableCam Locking

Piece StudAdaptorBlock

Drive LockSlide

CouplingBolt

Insulated Bush

Drive Bracket

Detector Blade

Lock Arm

Pin

Resilient RubberBush

Bearing Lug

Switch Rail Bracket

Taper PackingPacking Plate

Washer Plate

Special Bolt

BodyFrame

CoverPin

Figure C2 General View of Mk 1 Mechanical Assembly

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 48: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 5

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 5 of 21

BH INCLINED

Adaptor Block

WasherPlate

Special Bolt

C

Special Bolt

C

Adaptor Block

WasherPlate Special Bolt

Locating Stud

C

Special Bolt

FB VERTICAL

WasherPlate

Adaptor Block

Locating Stud

FB VERTICAL

SW DIA. 1:17 AND FLATTER

WasherPlate

Adaptor Block

FB INCLINED

C

WasherPlate

Adaptor Block

FB INCLINED

C

Special Bolt

SW DIA. 1:17 AND FLATTER

Figure C4 Mk 1 Adaptor Blocks and Washer Plates

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 49: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 6 of 21

Figure C5 Mk 1 Locking Piece

Drive Lock Slide

Leading Edge

Cam

Spirol PinSocket Head Cap Screw

Figure C6 Mk 1 Drive Lock Slide

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 50: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 7

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 7 of 21

Left Hand Right Hand

Figure C7 Mk 1 Cam Followers

Figure C8 Mk 1 Limit Switch

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 51: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 8 of 21

Figure C9 General View of Mk 2 Mechanical Assembly

RE

SILI

ENT

WAS

HE

R

FLA

NG

ED

BU

SH

PAR

T VI

EW IN

DIR

ECTI

ON

OF

AR

RO

W 'B

'

CA

BLE

GLA

ND

M32

X15

CO

MP

RE

SSIO

NTY

PE

2 O

FF P

LUG

TO

SEA

L FO

R T

RA

NS

IT.

EA

CH

GLA

ND

WIL

LA

CC

OM

MO

DA

TE O

NE

SHE

ATH

ED

CA

BLE

IN T

HE

RA

NG

E 1

5 TO

24

MM

0/D

.

PAR

T VI

EW IN

DIR

ECTI

ON

OF

AR

RO

W 'A

'

BO

LT M

16X

90 T

O B

S 36

92-8

.8, E

ZP(P

AS

SIVA

RED

)TO

BS

3382

-2 O

FF,

BR

IGH

T S

TEE

L W

ASH

ER

M6

TO B

S 43

20FO

RM

A, E

ZP (P

ASS

IVA

TED

)

LUG

STE

EL N

UT,

SE

LF L

OC

KIN

G M

8 TO

BS

4929

PAR

T 1

- TYP

E P

(NY

LOC

OR

PAR

LOX

)E

ZP P

AS

SIVA

TED

SPR

ING

HO

USI

NG

2 O

FF

SPR

ING

S :-

{INS

TALL

ED B

EH

IND

CO

SED

SWIT

CH

CAM

FO

LLO

WER

SPR

ING

:- {INS

TALL

ED B

EH

IND

OPE

NSW

ITC

H C

AM F

OLL

OW

ER

SOC

KET

CAP

SC

REW

M8X

16 B

S416

8-4

OFF

FITT

ED W

ITH

ESL

OK

'A'P

ATC

H.

SPR

ING

WA

SHER

M8

TO B

S 4

464,

4 O

FF

SPL

IT C

OTT

ER P

IN 6

.3X6

5 TO

BS1

574

CO

RR

OS

ION

RE

SIST

AN

T. P

IN T

OB

E O

PEN

ED 3

mm

FO

R T

RAN

SIT

INSU

LATI

ON

BUSH

CO

VER

FO

RAC

TUA

TOR

DR

IVE

BRA

CKE

T

CO

UPL

ING

BO

LTW

ASH

ER

SE

LF L

OC

KIN

G N

UT

M16

(PH

ILID

AS T

UR

RE

T O

R B

INX

) BS

4929

EZP

PA

SSIV

ATE

D S

UPP

LIE

D F

ITTE

D F

ING

ER T

IGH

T O

NLY

CO

UPL

ING

BO

LT

STA

INLE

SS S

TEE

L (3

0152

1)C

RIN

KLE

WAS

HER

M16

TO

BS

4463

AD

APTO

R B

LOC

K A

SSE

MB

LYS

UPP

LIE

D S

EP

ARA

TELY

CA

ST

BOD

Y

SWIT

CH

MO

UN

TIN

G P

LATE

SW

ITC

H A

ND

TE

RM

INAL

BLO

CK

ASS

Y

CO

VER

CO

VER

PIN

B

SWIT

CH

SEA

L B

RS

- SM

501

/12

SEC

UR

ED

TO

SW

ITC

HM

OU

NTI

NG

PLA

TE W

ITH

DU

NLO

P A

DH

ES

IVE

S 7

08(A

LTE

RN

ATI

VELY

US

EPE

RM

ABO

ND

AD

HES

IVE

201

0)

DO

UB

LE S

PR

ING

SSH

OW

N U

SED

ON

CLO

SE

D S

WIT

CH

CAM

FOLL

OW

ER

S O

NLY A

TAB

WA

SH

ER

FO

RLO

CK

ING

PIE

CE

SU

PPLI

ED

FLA

T A

ND

ON

LYB

EN

T O

VER

AFT

ER

FIN

AL

LOC

K A

DJU

STM

EN

T

SPE

CIA

L SC

RE

WLO

CK

ING

PIE

CE

DR

IVE

LO

CK

SLI

DE

SC

RE

W H

EX: H

D.

M8X

14 T

O B

S 3

692-

8.8

EZP

(PA

SSI

VATE

D)

CLO

SED

SW

ITC

HD

ETE

CTI

ON

CA

M F

OLL

OW

ER

SP

ACE

RS

OP

EN

SW

ITC

HD

ETE

CTI

ON

CA

M F

OLL

OW

ER

SPA

CER

PIN

INSE

RT

SHIM

SEQ

UA

LLY

WH

EN

NE

CES

SA

RY

AS

DE

SC

RIB

ED

All

dim

enis

ions

are

in m

m

50 M

AX48

MIN

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 52: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 9

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 9 of 21

Figure C10 MK 2 Cast Body

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 53: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 10 of 21

FB VERTICAL SpecialBolt

Adaptor BlockBush

WasherPlate

AdaptorBlock

SocketHead CapScrew

C

SpecialBolt

AdaptorBlockBush

SocketHead CapScrew

WasherPlate

FB INCLINED

SpecialBolt

SocketHead CapScrew

AdaptorBlock

WasherPlate

AdaptorBlockBush

FB VERTICAL1:17 AND FLATTER

SW DIA

C

AdaptorBlock

C

AdaptorBlock

C

AdaptorBlockBush

SpecialBolt

WasherPlate

SocketHead CapScrew

FB INCLINED1:17 AND FLATTER

SW DIA.

Figure C11 MK 2 Adaptor Blocks and Washer Plates

AdaptorBlock

SpecialBolt

BH INCLINEDCURVED AND STRAIGHTPLANED, CHAMFER CUT

PLAIN LEADS

WasherPlate

AdaptorPlate

SocketHead CapScrew

c

AdaptorBlock

SpecialBolt

BH INCLINEDCURVED PLANED STRAIGHT CUT

PLAIN LEADS

WasherPlate

AdaptorPlate

SocketHead CapScrew

c

AdaptorBlockBush

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 54: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 1

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 11 of 21

In an attempt to reduce costs,a two-piece fabricated locking piece was introduced with the Mk 2 design (Figure C12).

Following a number of failures, it was decided to return to a one-piece design (Figure C13).Both versions are interchangeable and reversible.

Figure C13 Mk 2 Locking Piece (One-piece)

Figure C12 Mk 2 Locking Piece (Fabricated)

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 55: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 12 of 21

Figure C14 Mk 2 Drive Lock Slide

Figure C15 Mk 2 Cam Followers

Leading Edge

Cam

Drive Lock Slide

Socket Head Cap Screw Spiral Pin

Left Hand Right Hand

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 56: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 3

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 13 of 21

Figure C17 Plain Lead Switch Rail Assembly (General View)

K

1A

2B

3E

4F

L

1C

2D

3G

4H

Figure C16 Mk 2 Limit Switches

Switch Rail

Switch Rail Bracket

Packing Plates

Pivot Pin

Lock and Detector Arm Assembly

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 57: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 14 of 21

Figure C18 Plain Lead Lock Arm and Detector Blade Type 'A'

212mm

347mm

For FB inclined plain leads and single and outer switch ofdouble slips

Figure C19 Plain Lead Lock Arm and Detector Blade Type 'F'

202mm

340mm

For FB vertical and BH plain leads and single and outerswitch of double slips

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 58: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 5

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 15 of 21

252mm

382mm

For UIC 54

Figure C20 Plain Lead Lock Arm and Detector Blade Type 'E6'

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 59: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 16 of 21

Figure C21 Switch Diamond Switch Rail bracket Type 'SD1'

233mm

340mm

SWITCH DIAMOND 1:7 12 AND FLATTER

Figure C22 Switch Diamond Lock Arm and detector Blade Type 'C' (Switch Diamond 1 : 7 ½ and flatter)

Switch Clamp Adaptor

Switch Rail Bracket

Pin

Lock and Detector Arm Assembly

Packing Plate

Taper Packing

1 IN 7 TO 1 IN 17 LH SD 1- C61 2

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 60: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 7

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 17 of 21

Switch Clamp Adaptor

Switch Rail Bracket

1 in 5 to 1in 7 LH SD2- D6

Pin

Lock and Detector Arm Assembly

Packing Plate

Taper Washer

Alignment Block

Taper Packing

Figure C23 Switch Diamond Switch Rail Bracket Type 'SD2'

260mm

370mm

SWITCH DIAMOND 1:5 to 1:712

Figure C24 Switch Diamond Lock Arm and Detector Blade Type 'D' (Switch Diamond 1 : 5 1/2 to 1 : 7)

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 61: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 18 of 21

Figure C25 Switch Diamond Switch Rail Bracket Type 'SD3'

Switch Clamp Adaptor

Switch RailBracket

Pin

Lock and Detector Arm Assembly

Packing Plate

Packing PlatesFLATTER THAN 1 in 7 LH SD3- C6

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 62: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 9

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 19 of 21

Switch Rail

Switch Rail Bracket

Packing Plates

Pivot Pin

Lock and Detector Arm Assembly Figure C26 Double Slip Switch Rail Assembly

200mm

340mm

Double Slips

Figure C27 Double Slip Lock Arm and Detector Blade Type 'B'

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 63: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 20 of 21

Hydraulic Actuators

Socket Mounting

PackingPlate

Spacing Collars

Centre Thrust Bracket

Insulated Soleplate

Packing plate ordered seperately.To be used only when padheaters are fitted.

Of trackCL

Figure C28 Centre Thrust Bracket Plain Leads

Packing Plate OnlyRequired If PadHeaters Fitted.

Packing

Socket Mounting

Spacers

Figure C29 Centre Thrust Bracket Plain Leads (exploded view)

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 64: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 2 1

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page C 21 of 21

Insulations

Centre ThrustBracket

Socket Mounting

Thin PackingPlates

Thick PackingPlates

Spacing Collars

Hydraulic Actuators

Soleplate

Figure C30 Centre Thrust bracket Switch Diamonds

X

DIMENSION 'X' = 64mm ON TYPE B1= 59mm ON TYPE B2

Figure C31 Centre Thrust Bracket - Switch Diamond (side view)

Centre ThrustBracket

SpacingCollars

SocketMounting

Packing Plate

Packing Plate

Insulated Soleplate

Hydraulic Actuators

Figure C32 Centre Thrust Bracket - Double Slips (Right Hand Road)

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 65: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 66: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 1 of 69

Part D Installation 1 General

Installation of Rail Clamp Point Locks will only be undertaken by competent persons who have passed the appropriate training course(s) and who have been issued with the appropriate documentation, specialised tools and gauges etc.

The details recorded at the installation will be monitored with additional data from subsequent service visits. Hence, it should be possible to discern any changes in key tolerances and values, and to take the appropriate action in order to prevent failures occurring.

Information gained from more detailed analysis of the record forms will be used to update and modify the service items. It may be possible to utilise such data in improving design criteria.

There are two stages of installation:

• The Pre-inspection:

To be carried out 6 – 8 weeks before the installation.

• The Installation:

To be carried out in a pre-planned possession of the points.

Each stage has its own record from; these are shown later.

2 Pre-Inspection Where possible, the following checks should be made 6 – 8 weeks before the installation. These checks will require liaison with the Permanent Way Engineer and will enable the work to be properly resourced and planned.

The paragraph numbers in this section refer to the numbers on the Installation

Pre-Inspection Record Form. (Figure D1).

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 67: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 2 of 69

Installation Pre-Inspection Record Form:

Rail Clamp Point Lock

Signal Box _______________________________ Point Identification __________________________

Location _______________________________

Layout

1 Type Of Point Layout Plain Lead Single Slip Double Slip Tandem Turnout Switch Diamond

1 in ____

2 Type Of Rail Section FB Vertical FB Inclined BH Straight Cut BH Chamfer Cut UIC 54/113A

3 Type Of Switch A B C D E F SG G H

4 Number of Permanent Way Stretcher Bars Re-

quired 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

5 Type of Supplementary Drives Required Mechanical Hydraulic

6 Number of Supplementary Drives Required 0 1 2 3 4

7 Number of Supplementary Detectors Required 0 1 2 3

No. Condition Of Points LH RH Action Required 8 Rails Drilled For Clamp Locks 9 Condition Of Switch Toes 10 Slide Chair Bolts All Same Type And Secure 11 Vertical Movement Under Traffic 12 Condition Of Timbers/Bearers 13 Track Gauge (1432 – 1438mm) mm

Comments ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ Signature ____________________________Date / / Signal Engineer

Figure D1

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 68: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 3 of 69

2.1 Type of Point Layout

PLAIN LEAD

TANDEM LEAD

SWITCH DIAMOND

SINGLE SLIP

DOUBLE SLIP

Figure D2

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 69: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 4 of 69

2.2 Type of Rail Section

UIC 54/113 a

BH chamfer cutBH straight cut

FB verticalFB inclined

CC

CC

C

Figure D3

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 70: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 5

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 5 of 69

2.3 Type of Switch Where the type of switch is not already known, measure the length of switch planing and refer to Figure D4.

RAIL SECTION FLAT BOTTOM

VERTICAL FLAT BOTTOM

INCLINED CURVED BULL HEAD INCLINED UIC 54/113A

Type of

Switch

Length of

Planing

Number of

Stretchers

Length of

Planing

Number of

Stretchers

Length of

Planing

Number of

Stretchers

Length of

Planing

Number of

Stretchers

A 9’6” 2 7’3” 2 7’3” 2 2900 2

B 11’6” 2 9’10” 2 9’10” 2 3500 2

C 14’0” 3 12’4” 3 12’4” 3 4250 2

D 17’0” 4 14’10” 3 14’10” 4 5200 2

E 23’0” 4 19’9” 4 19’9” 4 7000 3

F 28’0” 5 24’7” 4 8550 3

SG 33’0” 6 35’6” 6 10150 5

G 38’6” 6 40’10” 6 11600 5

H 76’0” 9 17495 7

Figure D4

2.4 Number of Permanent Way Stretcher Bars Required Having established the type of switch, the number of permanent way stretcher bars can be read from Figure D4. 2.5 Type of Supplementary Drive Required Determine whether the supplementary drive is to be by mechanical or hydraulic means. See also GK/RC0772. 2.6 Number of Supplementary Drives Required See GK/RCO772. 2.7 Number of Supplementary Detectors Required See CK/RC0772. 2.8 Rails Drilled for Clamp Locks Indicate whther the switch and stock rails are drilled for clamp locks. Refer to section 3.2. 2.9 Condition of Switch Toes Indicate whether the condition of the switches is satisfactory. Note : Attempts to fit clamp locks to work switches will not result in reliable operation. 2.10 Slide Chair Bolts All Same Type and Secure Ensure that all slide chair bolts are of the same type and secure. Note: Due to the extra tension inherent in Hook Bolts, they cannot successfully be mixed with ordinary bolts. Mixing will lead to repeated fracture of the Hook Bolts as they will be taking most of the load. 2.11 Vertical Mocement Under Traffic Liaise with the Permanent Way Engineer to ascertain whether the vertical movement of the rails under traffic is satisfactory. 2.12 Condition of Timbers/Bearers Liaise with the Permanent Way Engineer to ascertain whether the condition of the timber/bearers is satisfacotry. 2.13 Track Gauge (1432 – 1438mm) Measure the track gauge at the switch tips.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 71: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 6 of 69

Installation Record Form : Rail clamp Point Lock Mk2

Signal Box _______________________________ Point Identification _________________________________ Location _______________________________

No. General LH RH GK/RC0774

1 Track Gauge At Switch Tips mm 3.1 2 Switch Rail Drilling (65 mm From Bottom Of Rail) (UIC 54:56mm) mm 3.2 3 Stock Rail Drilling (65mm From Bottom of Rail) mm 3.2 4 Lock Body Serial Number No. 3.3 5 Force-Down Lock Arm Fitted 3 3.3 6 Switch Rail Bracket Taper Packing Fitted (Alignment Block For UIC 54/Sw Dia) 3 3.4 7 Pivot Pin Alignment 3 3.4 8 Lock Adjustment (Drive Lock Slide Fails By 30mm Min : 2.5mm Gauge) 3 3.7 9 Lock Adjustment (Drive Lock Slide Completes Travel: 1.5mm Gauge) 3 3.7

10 Lock Arm (Drive Lock Slide Clearance (4-12mm) 3 3.7 11 Switch Opening (105 mm) (82mm For Switch Diamond) mm 3.8 12 Stretcher Bar/Stock Rail 3 3.8 13 Lock Arm/Drive Lock Slide Clearance (3-6mm) mm 3.11 14 Actuator Fully Extended mm 3.11 15 Actuator Stroke (210mm Max) mm 3.11 16 Drive Lock Slide Position mm 3.12.2 17 Tie Bar/Actuator Clearance (3mm Min) mm 3.12.3 18 Flangeway Clearance (50mm Min) 3 GK/RCO77219 Supplementary Drive Excess Motion (5mm MIn) mm GK/RCO77220 Supplementary Drive Switch clearance (1.5mm) 3 GK/RCO772 Detection

21 Adjustable Cam (No Thread Showing) 3 3.13.1 22 LH Tappet (Detection Made : 1.5mm, Broken : 2mm 3 3.13.1 23 LH And RH Tappets Level (Points Open 25mm) 3 3.13.2 24 Detector Blade (Detection Broken : 4mm Gauge) 3 3.13.3 25 Detector Blade (Detection Made : 2.5mm Gauge) 3 3.13.3 26 LH Tappet (Detection Re-Check) 3 3.13.4 27 Travel (Detection Breaks 8 – 15mm) mm 3.13.4 28 Open Switch Detection (95mm min (76mm For Switch Diamonds)) mm 3.13.4 29 Supplementary Detection (Made : 1.5mm, Broken : 2mm) √ GK/RCO77230 Supplementary Detection (Made : 6mm, Broken : 8 mm) √ GK/RCO772 Locking

31 Switch Rail Bracket Coarse Packing mm 3.7 32 FPL (Drive Lock Slide Fails By 30mm Min : 3.5mm Gauge) 3 3.12.1 33 FPL (Drive Lock Slide Completes Travel : 1.5mm Gauge) 3 3.12.1 34 Locking Piece Fine Packing (1.6mm Max) mm 3.12.1 Power Pack N R

35 Normal/Reverse Drive Hydraulic Pressure (75bar Max) bar 3.12.4 36 Normal/Reverse “At Rest” Hydraulic Pressure (85 – 105 bar) bar 3.12.5 37 Normal/Reverse “At Rest” Hydraulic Pressure (Steady) 3 3.12.6 General LH RH

38 Stretcher/Tie Bars Drilled & Fitted 3 3.14 39 Point Number Fitted On Normal Side 3 3.15 40 Self Locking Nuts Fitted 3 3.15 41 Torque Settings 3 3.15 42 Split Pins Fitted 3 3.15 43 Functional Test To Signal Box 3 3.17

Signature Date

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Signal Engineer

/ /

Note: Shaded column indicates relevant paragraph in GK/RC0774 Part D or GK/RC0772

Figure D5

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 72: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 7

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 7 of 69

3 Installation

3.1 General Preparation Self-locking nuts are provided for the bolts securing all units to the track, but during installation, plain nuts should be used for securing the switch rail brackets and the actuator mountings. When all the adjustments have been made, the plain nuts must be replaced with the self locking nuts provided and securely tightened to the torque settings shown in paragraph 3.15.

The stretcher bars and tie bar should initially be clamped and drilled only after the clamp locks have been installed and correctly adjusted.

It is essential that the order of installation shown below is followed carefully as short cuts or variations could seriously affect operation and future reliability. The numbers refer to the relevant paragraphs of this section.

Activity Paragraph No

General Preparation 3.1

Drill rails as necessary 3.2

Bolt the lock and detector mechanism assemblies to stock rails 3.3

Bolt the switch rail bracket assemblies to the switch rails 3.4

Lubricate all bearing surfaces 3.5

Drill the soleplate and install the centre thrust bracket 3.6

Insert the coarse packing (Lock Adjustment) 3.7

Insert and clamp the stretcher bars 3.8

Insert and clamp the tie bar 3.9

Install the power pack and hydraulic hoses 3.10

Install the hydraulic actuators 3.11

Check correct operation and lock adjustment 3.12

Adjust electrical detection 3.13

Drill the tie bar and stretcher bars 3.14

Replace all plain nuts with self-locking nuts and tighten to correct 3.15

Install cables 3.16

Functional test to signal box 3.17

The installation procedure relates to plain leads, single slips and tandem turnouts. Where the installation of clamp locks on switch diamonds, double slips and UIC 54 switches differs, this will be detailed in subsidiary paragraphs.

Throughout the installation procedure, checks and measurements will need to be recorded on the Installation Record Form (Figure D9)

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 73: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 8 of 69

3.1.1 Plain Leads The following description relates to plain leads, single slips and tandem turnouts. Later instructions cover switch diamonds, double slips and UIC switches.

The general layout of the track equipment is shown in Figure D6 below.

Further information may be obtained from the following standard drawings:

Mk 1: BRS-SM 500

Mk 2: BRS-SM 2200

Clean off any protective grease before starting installation.

The lock and detector mechanism is fitted in the first sleeper bay at a position usually occupied by the first stretcher bar. The stretcher bar is repositioned further back in the same bay, requiring the switch rail drillings to be different from those of a point machine layout.

Measure the track gauge at the switch tips (1432mm – 1438mm).

Section on 'AA'

Concrete Troughing

Power PackA 715 B

Point Identificationnumber on plate toBRS-SM 2463

Figure D6

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 74: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 9

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 9 of 69

3.1.2 Switch Diamonds The installation of switch diamonds follows the same basic procedure as plain leads. However, many components and dimensions differ and these differences are summarised in this section.

Switch diamonds have a limited throw, with the point opening reduced to 82mm (minimum) as opposed to 105mm (minimum) for plain leads. Certain items of equipment are required with different dimensions and/or additional features to overcome this and varying permanent way layouts.

The general layout of track equipment is shown in Figure D7 below.

Figure D7

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 75: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 10 of 69

Before material can be ordered or any installation work started, it is vital that the angle of the crossing is determined. Having determined the angle, it is now necessary to decide which components are required, ie. type of switch rail bracket, lock arm, tapered packing etc.

Figure D8 shows the length of planing on a switch diamond layout (Dimension A). Using the table below, the length of planing can be used to determine the angle of crossing.

C

115 'A'

Figure D8

Length of Planing Dimension ‘A’

Angle of Crossing

270mm 1 in 5 1/.2

305mm 1 in 6

340mm 1 in 6 1/2

375mm 1 in 7

410mm 1 in 7 1/2

445mm 1 in 8

533mm 1 in 9 1/4

586mm 1 in 10

620mm 1 in 10 1/2

778mm 1 in 12 3/4

795mm 1 in 13

935mm 1 in 15

1075mm 1 in 17

More than 1100 mm Flatter than 1 in 17

Figure D9

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 76: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 1

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 11 of 69

3.1.3 Double Slips A double slip layout consists of two roads. left Hand and Right Hand as viewed looking into the points in a facing direction. In the centre of the layout are the “inner switches”, which travel very close to each other and therefore require special switch rail brackets and lock arms. The general layout of track equipment is shown in Figure D10.

The installation of the LH road of double slips is different from plain leads in that:

• The switch rail drillings differ

• The inner switch rail bracket is a “Type DSL” fitted with a “Type B” lock arm.

• The first stretcher bar is repositioned in the second sleeper bay.

The installation of the RH road of double slips is different from plain leads in that:

• The inner switch rail bracket is a “Type DSL” fitted with a “Type B” lock arm.

• The first stretcher bar is repositioned in the second sleeper bay.

• The centre thrust bracket spans the first two sleepers.

• The actuators are installed in the opposite order to plain leads,

ie. RH first ( + 3mm) : LH second (- 3mm).

Centre Thrust BracketAssembly for Double Slips

Repositioned 1stStretcher Bar

Repositioned1st StretcherBar

Centre Thrust BracketAssemblyType A

Track Midpoint

76mm

Figure D10

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 77: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 12 of 69

3.1.4 UIC 54/113A This is a plain lead layout that employs continental type, thick web switches working between standard 113A vertical stock rails.

The installation of UIC 54/113A leads is different from ordinary leads in that the:

• Switch rail drillings differ.

• Switch rail bracket is a “type E6” fitted with a “type E6” lock arm.

• Switch rail bracket packing is different in dimension.

• Stretcher bars are adjustable.

• Centre thrust bracket is a “type E”.

The general layout of track equipment is shown in Figure D11.

Lock & DetectorMechanism Assy, 2 Off

Cable toDetector

Hose connections toactuators fromelectro-hydraulicpower pack at sideof track

Tie BarPosition of jaw blockcartridge heater to spec. ps 3321 off, per casting.Tail cable run as convenient.Heater supplied and fitted bythe Electrification Engineer

113A RailHydraulic Actuators UCI 54 RailAdaptor BlockAssy, 2 Off

AA

Of Track

UIC 54 RailSwitch Toe

330 mm

Centre ThrustBracket Assy.

Position Of1st StretcherBar

113A Rail STOCK RAILSWITCH RAIL

Electro- hydraulic power packto be located as convenient, atside of track.Mount on point rod roller base

Switch Rail BracketAssy, 2 Off

Hose Connection

Figure D11

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 78: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 3

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 13 of 69

3.2 Rail Drilling It is essential for the rails to be accurately drilled for mounting the equipment.

If the rails are pre-drilled, check that the drillings are correct for the appropriate layout.

CAUTION:

Inaccurate rail drillings cause body misalignment and Track Circuit failures.

3.2.1 Dimensions Note: For UIC54 rail, refer to (d).

a) Plain Leads, Single Slips and Tandem Turnouts The dimensions of the rail drillings are as follows:

Existing Bolt Hole forFirst Baseplate

Stock Rails

158 165 +0.32 holes 22 dia

65

of Lock

90

476 6425

65

Switch Rails

2 Holes 22 Dia for RepositionedStretcher Bar

All dimensions are mm. Figure D12

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 79: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 14 of 69

b) Switch Diamonds Rail drillings for switch diamonds are as shown in Figure D13.

Figure D13

125mm308 200 64

65mm

4 Holes 22 dia

All dimensions in mm

90115

Switch Rails

of CrossingC

Wing Rails

28 160 165 0.3

Existing Bolt Hole forFirst Baseplate

2 Holes 22 dia

65

of LockC

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 80: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 5

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 15 of 69

c) Double Slips Switch and stock rail drillings for LH and RH roads are as shown in Figure D14. As

with plain leads, accuracy is essential.

Double Slips ~ LH Inside and RH Outside

All dimensions in mm.

4 Holes 22 Dia

Existing Bolt Holefor First Baseplate

SWITCH RAIL

STOCK RAIL2 Holes 22 Dia

C of Lock

Double Slips ~ LH Outside and RH Inside

4 Holes 22 Dia

C of Lock

2 Holes 22 Dia

Existing Bolt Holefor First Baseplate

177 540 520

65

15099

310 165 0.3

64

65

25 540 572 64

90 150

65

158 165 0.3

65

Figure D14

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 81: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 16 of 69

d) UIC 54/113A Switch rail drillings for UIC 54 rail are as shown in Figure D15.

65

of Rail Clamp Point LockC

All dimensions in mm.

STOCK RAIL

Holes 22 Dia158165

82.5 Ref

56

25150

SwitchToe

31060Holes 22 Dia

SWITCH RAIL

Figure D15 3.2.2 Marking Off Templates Marking Off templates only exist for Plain Leads, Single Slips and Tandem Turnouts.

Note: They are not suitable for use with UIC54.

If the rails require drilling, they must be accurately marked for the correct layout (dimensions shown in Figure D12). For the majority of points, two templates are available for accurately marking off the switch (Figure D16) and stock rails (Figure D17).

Each template can be adapted for marking off either flat bottom or bull head rail. The templates require a parallel shanked centre punch, and all three items are available as follows:

Item Railway Cat No

Switch rail marking template 86/32355

Stock rail marking template 86/32365

Centre punch 86/32363

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 82: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 7

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 17 of 69

Locating Plate Adaptor Block Adaptor bBock

Marking Template for Switch Rails

FB BH

Figure D16

Loacating Plate

Marking Template for Stock Rails

Adaptor Block

FB BH

Adaptor Block

Figure D17

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 83: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 18 of 69

3.2.3 Rail Drilling Jig This involves the use of a drill jig which allows maximum flexibility for different layouts and will drill plain rail, stock rail and witch rail of any length.

The jig is currently designed to accept a Wolf 3806 electric drill, fitted with internal clutch for operator safety. The jig incorporates height adjustment to ensure the drill is presented squarely to the rail and a screw feed arrangement to advance the drill into the work (Figure D18).

The jig is available via P&MM NSC Infrastructure.

Figure D18

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 84: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 9

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 19 of 69

3.2.4 13/16” and 7/8” Tipped Drill Bits A “stepped” drill bit has been specially designed to reduce the time taken for drilling rails, stretcher bars and sole plates. (Figure D19)

Two drill bit sizes are required for fitting clam locks: 7/8” and 13/16”. The drills are manufactured with No.3 Morse Taper shank (dispensing with the need for a reducing sleeve when using the Wolf 3806 drill).

The drill bit is two drill bits in one, ie. the front end is 7/16” diameter and 7/16” in length followed by a diameter of either 7/8” of 13/16”.

The principle of operation is that the7/16” portion acts as a pilot drill when drilling rails, stock rails, and switches and stretcher bars. The 7/16” diameter portion is the size required for the Spirol pins in centre thrust brackets.

The results in the 13/16” drill being able to drill all size holes in the sole plate, four holes being drilled straight through both drill widths for ¾” coach screws, whilst the remaining two 7/16” holes for the Spirol pins have only the tip pushed through.

The 7/16” length of the tip results in a larger diameter beginning to cut before the tip breaks through the web of the rail, which assures smooth cutting.

It is recommended that a suitable cutting fluid is used when drilling, so as to maintain cutting speed and prolong drill life before re-grinding is required.

Drills and re-grinding service are available via P&MM NSC Infrastructure.

Figure D19

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 85: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 20 of 69

3.2.5 Previously Drilled Rails Problems have arisen when fixing cast bodies to previously drilled rails, due to the rails being drilled at the wrong height. The Mk 1 adaptor block assembly was fairly tolerant of poor drilling, but correct alignment is vital when fitting the Mk 2 assembly. Figure D20 shows the importance of the correct height of rail drilling. Incorrect assembly can cause the slideway to be out of true, or it may be impossible to fit the body to the rail. The following permutations of incorrect drilling have been found:

• Holes drilled too high in rail web.

• Holes drilled to low in rail web.

• Centre line of holes not perpendicular to rail web.

• Holes for adaptor blocks too close together.

• Holes for adaptor blocks too far apart.

The problem was addressed by a working party on the Eastern Region, who came up with the following solutions:

• To request the Permanent Way Engineer to ream out the holes. This was a slow and inconvenient process, which only enlarged the holes on their existing centres leading to the possibility of holes that are too large.

• The preferred solution was to use a Rotabroach with a Tungsten carbide milling bit. A special chuck adaptor is required to increase the throw of the drill and a clamp bracket is required to mount the drill on the rail. The Permanent Way Engineer will permit signal engineers to mill the holes in the web of the rail provided that the holes remain circular and do not exceed 30mm in diameter.

The following Rotabroach equipment is required:

Rotabroach 110 V drilling machine : Model RD 111

Carbide tipped cutters : 20mm dia. – part no. RCC280

26mm dia. – part no. RCC260

24mm dia. – part no. RCC240

Adaptor 50mm : part no. RD2008

Mounting bracket : BRS – SM 2402.

Figure D20

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 86: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 2 1

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 21 of 69

3.3 Lock and Detector Mechanism Assembly 3.3.1 MK 1 Assembly Record the serial number marked on the lower side of each lock body on the Installation Record Form..

Fit a lock and detector mechanism to each stock rail using the appropriate adaptor blocks and washer plates, as shown in the following table, which is for all types of points except switch diamonds.

Rail section Adaptor block Washer plate Locating Studs

FB Vertical Type FB Type FV Yes

FB Inclined Type FB Type D No

BH Inclined Type BH Type D No

These are usually supplied as a complete unit.

When fitting locating studs to equipment on flat bottom vertical rail, use only steel studs.

The waster plates are all marked “TOP”; ensure that they are fitted correctly and that the bolt head seats fully in the plate.

Tighten the lock and detector mechnism bolts (M24) to a torque of 250Nm.

a) Flat Bottom Vertical Rail

b)

c)

d)

e)

f)

g)

h)

i)

j)

k)

l)

Figure D21

Adaptor Block

Washer Plate

Special BoltLocating Stud

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 87: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 22 of 69

Adaptor Block

C

Washer Plate

(Drive lock slides correctly aligned)

Special Bolt

b) Flat Bottom Inclined Rail

Figure D22

c) Bull Head Inclined

Adaptor Block

Washer Plate

Special Bolt

Figure D23

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 88: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 2 3

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 23 of 69

3.3.2 Mk2 Assembly Mk2 clamp locks are designed to be fitted to 113A flat bottom vertical rail section. Adaptor blocks are available for 110/113lb flat bottom inclined rail and 95lb bull head rail.

The adaptor blocks are secured to the lock body with socket head cap screws (6mm Allen key). Also, a bush passes through both the adaptor block and the lock body, which must not be omitted as it provides vital support for the lock body.

Different washer plates are also used and each plate is stamped as a means of identification.

If the mechanism is to be fitted to flat bottom inclined rail, a different lock arm and detector blade (F6) are required. This change is due to the increased thickness of the adaptor block (FB1), which is required to align the lock and detector mechanism correctly.

If the mechanism is to be fitted to bull head inclined rail, then an adaptor plate is required in addition to the adaptor block. There are two different types of bull head rail: “straight cut” and “chamfer cut”. Each of these requires a different adaptor plate, 15mm and 25mm thick respectively.

The following table summarises the components required for plain lead points.

Rail Section Adaptor Adaptor Washer Lock Arm and Block Plate Plate Detector Blade

FB Vertical Type FBV Nil Type FVC Type A6

FB Inclined Type FB1 Nil Type DC Type F6

BH Inclined Type BH1 Type BH1 Type DC Type A6 Straight Cut Straight

BH Inclined Type BH1 Type BH1 Type DC Type A6 Chamfer Cut Chamfer

These are usually supplied as complete units.

Record the serial number marked on the lower side of each lock body on the Installation Record Form.

After installation of the lock and detector mechanism, check to see if the adaptor blocks are seating properly by trying to insert a 0.6mm shim behind the block. This should not be possible when the block is correctly fitting against the rails.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 89: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 24 of 69

a) 113A Flat Bottom Vertical Rail Fit two adaptor blocks (type FBV) to each lock body using the socket head cap screws. Before finally tightening the screws, insert a bush through each block and the lock and detector mechanism to ensure correct alignment of the adaptor blocks.

Fasten a lock body to each stock rail using a washer plate (type FVC) (Figure D24). and tighten the bolts to a torque of 250Nm.

Adaptor Block

Socket HeadCap Screw

Special Bolt

Adaptor BlockBush

Washer Plate

C

Figure D24

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 90: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 2 5

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 25 of 69

b) 110/113lb Flat Bottom Inclined Rail Fit two adaptor blocks (type FB1) to each lock body using the socket head cap screws. Before finally tightening the screws, insert a bush through each block and the lock and detector mechanism in order to ensure correct alignment of the adaptor blocks.

Fasten a lock body to each stock rail using a washer plate (type DC) (Figure D25) and tighten the bolts to a torque of 250Nm.

When fitting the switch rail bracket, ensure that a type F6 lock arm and detector blade are used.

Note: When installing the actuator, a large amount of actuator packing may be necessary; longer bolts may be required.

Adaptor Block

Socket HeadCap Screw

C

Special BoltAdaptor BlockBush

Washer Plate

Figure D25

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 91: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 26 of 69

c) 95lb Bull Head Rail When installing Mk2 clamp locks 95lb bull head rail, each body has two adaptor blocks and an adaptor plate attached to it.

There are two types of bull head rail:

• straight cut

• chamfer cut

Each type requires a different adaptor plate (Figure D26 and Figure D27).

Identify the rail type and ensure that the correct adaptor plate is used. Each adaptor plate is identified by markings of either “BHI Straight Cut” (15mm thick) or “BHI Chamfer Cut” (25mm thick).

Fit two adaptor blocks (type BHI) and an adaptor place to each lock body using the socket head cap screws. Before finally tightening the screws, insert the a bush through each adaptor block, the adaptor plate and lock and detector mechanism in order to ensure correct alignment of the adaptor block.

Fasten a lock body to each stock rail using a washer plate (type DC), and tighten the bolts to a torque of 250Nm.

Adaptor BlockAdaptor Plate

Socket HeadCap Screw

Adaptor BlockBush

Washer Plate

Special Bolt

BH Inclined Curved Planed StraightCut Plain Leads

Figure D26

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 92: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 2 7

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 27 of 69

Figure D27

3.3.3 Switch Diamonds (Mk1 and Mk2) The fitting of the adaptor blocks is as for plain leads, although some of the washer plates differ. One of eight types of washer plate is required and the table below shows these changes.

Washer Plate Crossing Angle Rail Section Mk1 Mk2

1 in 5 ½ to 1 in 15 FB Vertical FV FVC

1 in 5 ½ to1 in 15 FB Inclined D DC

1 in 17 and flatter FB Vertical FVD VDC

1 in 17 and flatter FB Inclined No Mark* FIDC

* This plate is to BRS – SM 535/1

All washer plates are marked “TOP” and must be fitted in the correct position..

Adaptor BlockAdaptor Plate

Socket HeadCap Screw

Adaptor BlockBush

Washer Plate

Special Bolt

BH Inclined Curved And Straight Planed,Chamfer Cut Plain Leads

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 93: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 28 of 69

a) Lock Arms One of two types of lock arm is required:

C6: Used with SD1 of SD3 switch rail brackets for crossings 1 in 7 ½ to flatter than 1 in 17.

D6: Used with SD2 switch rail brackets for crossings 1 in 5 ½ to 1 in 7.

These lock arms are usually supplied fitted to their respective switch rail brackets.

b) Detector Blade Switch diamonds 1 in 7 ½ or flatter use the same point detection blade as used with plain leads.

On switch diamonds 1 in 5 ½ to 1 in 7, the length of the blade has to be extended to compensate for additional packing of the alignment block. The additional length is shown in Figure D28.

X

Figure D28

Dimension X: 370 mm for switch diamonds 1 in 5 ½ to 1 in 7.

340 mm for plain leads and switch diamonds 1 in 7 ½ and flatter.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 94: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 2 9

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 29 of 69

c) Adjustable Cam For switch diamonds, a shorter detection cam is required to allow for the reduced switch opening. This is stamped “SW DIA ONLY”. The difference is shown in Figure D29.

In addition, a 19mm spacing roller is required between the detection cam and detection blade to compensate for the shorter adjustable detection cam. (Figure D30).

Spacing Collar

Detector Blade

Figure D30

3.3.4 Double Slips On the inner switches of both LH and RH roads, the switch rail bracket, which is a “Type DSL”, must be fitted with a “Type B” lock arm (200mm) as shown in Figure D39.

3.3.5 UIC 54/113A (Plain Leads) The switch rail bracket, which is a “type E” (Figure D40), must be fitted with a “type E6” lock arm (252mm) and detector blade (Figure D31).

252mm

382mmUIC 54/113 PLAIN LEADS

Figure D31

122mm102mm

SW DIAONLY

Figure D29

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 95: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

3 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 30 of 69

3.4 Switch Rail Bracket Assembly There are many types of switch rail bracket for different applications. For the plain lead layout a ‘type A’ bracket is used, which, in the case of Mk2 equipment, is stamped “A6”. Mk 1 equipment is supplied with the switch rail bracket already assembled, whilst Mk2 equipment is supplied in three separate pieces. The lock arm and detector blade are also modified on Mk2 equipment such that the rubber bushes have been replaced with a common bronze bush that carries both lock arm and detector blade lug (Figure D32).

A6

Figure D32

Fit the detector blade to its lug and tighten the nut.. Tighten the detector blade (adjustable cam) lock nut.

Withdraw the drive lock slides from the lock bodies as far as possible without allowing them to fall away.

Insert the lock arm and detector blade into the drive lock slide.

Bolt the bracket to the switch rail, using plain nuts, including any taper packing that may be required. The taper packing is provided to:

• Align the switch rail bracket with the locking piece to ensure that the lock arm is presented square to the locking piece (Figure D33).

• Allow for switch rail creep.

Taper packing is not required on FB vertical track for switches above type E, (ie. F,SG,

G and H)

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 96: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3 1

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 31 of 69

Figure D33

Plain lead taper packing pieces are shown below (Figure D34). The thick end goes towards the point toe. Figure D34 Do not insert any coarse lock adjustment packing at this stage.

Locking PieceBody

Switch Rail BracketPivot PinB

Taper Packing to Make'A' And 'B' Parallel

stock rail

A

Top

Top

Type A : Flat Bottom

Type B : Bull Head

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 97: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

3 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 32 of 69

At one end of the pivot pin, use 8” callipers to measure the distance between the “4 foot” side of the pin and the outer edge of the stock rail. Repeat at the opposite end of the pivot pin (refer to Figure D35).

If the difference between the two measurements is more than 1.5mm, the pivot is misaligned to the body. This is caused by either the taper packing not being fitted when it should be or vice versa, or a crippled switch rail.

Figure D35

Withdraw the pivot pin from the switch rail bracket and fit the lock arm and detector blade lug onto the bracket. Re-insert the pivot pin and open both split pins on each end of the pivot pin.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 98: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3 3

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 33 of 69

3.4.1 Switch Diamonds For switch diamonds there are three types of switch rail bracket, each of which is handed:

Crossing Angle Switch Rail Bracket

Crossing 1 in 5 ½ to 1 in 7 Type SD2 – D6 (Figure D36)

Crossings 1 in 7 ½ to 1 in 17 Type SD1 – C6 (Figure D37)

Crossings flatter than 1 in 17 Type SD3 – C6 (Figure D38)

Where taper packing is required it must be fitted with the thin end towards the point toe.

a) Type SD2 – D6 Crossings 1 in 5 ½ to 1 in 7

Taper packing requirements are as shown below:

Crossing Angle Taper Packings

1 in 5 ½ Nil

1 in 6 Nil

1 in 6 ½ One

1 in 7 Two

In addition, all SD2 layouts must be fitted with an alignment block and taper washer as shown in Figure D36. As the switch tips are very short on these layouts, it is impossible to insert a gauge between the switch and stock rail in line with the lock arm. The gauge should be inserted as near to the lock arm as possible.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 99: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

3 4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 34 of 69

Figure D36

Alignment Block

Packing Plate

Alignment Block

Packing Plate

1 in 6

AlignmentBlock

Packing Plate

Taper Packing

Taper Packing

Alignment Block

Packing Plate

1 in 7

1 in 5½

1 in 6½

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 100: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3 5

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 35 of 69

b) Type SD1 – C6 Crossings 1 in 7 ½ to 1 in 17 On 1 in 17 switches with the minimum packing between the switch rail and the switch rail bracket, it may be necessary to shorten the stud attached to the switch rail bracket (see* on Figure D37). Taper packing requires are as follows:

Crossing Angle Taper Packings

1 in 71/2 to 1 in 91/2 Nil

1 in 10 to 1 in 13 One

1 in 15 to 1 in 17 Two

Figure D37

1 in 712

1 in 8 to 141 in 9

Packing Plate

1 in 1014to 1 in 12

Packing Plate

Taper Packing2 3

1 in 15

Packing Plate

Taper Packing

1 in 17

Packing Plates

Taper Packing

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 101: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

3 6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 36 of 69

c) Type SD3 – C6 Crossings Flatter than 1 in 17 Taper packing is not required.

On switches flatter than 1 in 17, up to three M20 washers may be required between the bolt head and the switch rail to prevent the bolt protruding beyond the face of the switch rail bracket and fouling the pivot pin. This is dependent on the amount of coarse packing required (Figure D38).

Flatter than 1 in 17

Packing Plates

Figure D38

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 102: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3 7

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 37 of 69

3.4.2 Double Slips On the inner switches of both LH and RH roads, the switch rail bracket is a “Type DSL”, which must be fitted with a “Type B” lock arm (200mm) as shown in Figure D39.

Pivot Pin

Lock and Detector Arm Assembly

Switch Rail

Switch Rail Bracket

Packing Plates

Figure D39

3.4.3 UIC/54/113A The switch rail bracket is a “type E” (Figure D40), which must be fitted with a “type E6” lock arm (252mm) and detector blade (Figure D31).

Switch Rail Bracket

Pivot Pin

Alignment Block

Coarse Packing Plates

Packing Block

Figure D40

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 103: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

3 8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 38 of 69

The switch rail bracket is supplied with coarse lock adjustment packing plates 1.6mm, 3mm & 6mm thick and an alignment black (NO TAG).

Lock adjustment is performed as in the standard layout.

Figure D41

3.5 Lubrication Thoroughly lubricate all working surfaces of the lock mechanism with the approved lubricant.

3.6 Centre Thrust Bracket There are four different types of centre thrust bracket. For plain leads a “type A” is used, and is fastened on the first sleeper at the centre line of the track, as shown in Figure D42. Note that the centre line of the centre thrust bracket is not the centre of the track.

Actuator

C ¾" x 6" LongCoach Screws

of TrackC

Drill through 11mm diaand drive in spirol pindowels

Insulated Soleplate Figure D42

Measure the distance between the inner edges of the stock rails. Scribe a line at right angles to the soleplate, at a point which is half this measurement. This track centre line corresponds to the centre of the 20mm holes on the right hand side of the thrust bracket.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 104: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3 9

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 39 of 69

The mid point of the centre thrust bracket actuator mountings (underside) must be on a line joining the two drive lock slides when at mid-stroke. This line can be determined by using a length of string held taut from the centre of one drive lock slide to the centre of the other.

If electric point heater pads are fitted beneath the slide chairs, a 5mm packing plate must be fitted between the bracket and the soleplate to ensure the actuators are parallel to the tie bar.

When the centre thrust bracket is correctly positioned, mark off and drill four 20mm holes in the soleplate and secure with ¾” x 6” long coach screws.

Drill two 11mm diameter holes and drive in “Spirol” dowel pins 7/16” x 1”

(7/16” x 1¼” where packing has been used).

3.6.1 Switch Diamonds Switch diamonds use a bracket assembly which is bolted between the soleplate flanges at the insulation position, which must be central for all switch diamond crossings (Figure D43).

There are two types of centre thrust bracket: B1 and B2, with applications as follows:

Type B1 : Used where no slide chair pad heaters are fitted.

Type B2 : Used where slide chair pad heaters are fitted.

X

Dimension 'X' = 64mm on Type B1 = 59mm on Type B2

Figure D43 3.6.2 Double Slips The centre thrust bracket for the LH road is the same as for plain leads, whereas the bracket for the RH road is fastened across the first two sleepers as shown in Figure D44. Note that the centre of the bracket is 76mm to the right of the track centre line.

of TrackC

76mm

Figure D44

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 105: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 40 of 69

3.6.3 UIC 54/113A The centre thrust bracket is similar to the standard used with a plain lead layout, although the drop lugs on the underside are 76mm long (Figure D45), as opposed to 50mm on the standard. The installation procedure is as for the standard.

3.7 Lock Adjustment Carry out the following procedure on each locking mechanism.

The initial coarse lock adjustment should be made with one thin (0.6mm) shim offine packing behind the locking piece on old rail (ie. rail in service more than 8 weeks) or two thin shims on new rail. (Locking piece torque: 60 Nm.) Coarse packing should not be inserted between the switch rail and its bracket at this stage.

Manually operate the drive lock slide with a 2.5mm gauge held between the switch and the stock rail in line with the lock arm (Figure D46). The lock should fait to enter and the drive lock slide should fail to complete its movement by at least 30mm. If the lock enters, then coarse packing is required..

76mm

Figure D45

2.5mm Gauge

Fine PackingCoarse PackingLock Arm Not Engaged

30mm

Minimum

Figure D46

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 106: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 4 1

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 41 of 69

Initially, the coarse packing may be held in line with the gauge until an approximation of the packing required is obtained. This should then be inserted between the switch rail bracket and the taper packing, where fitted, as shown in Figure D47.

Tighten the switch rail bracket bolts to a torque of 250 Nm.

Switch Rail Bracket

Coarse Packing

Lock Arm Pivot Pin

Point Toe

Taper Packing

Switch Rail Web

Figure D47

When the packing has been inserted, the settings should be re-checked using the 2.5mm gauge to ensure that the drive lock slide does not complete its travel by at least 30mm.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 107: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 42 of 69

Insert the 1.5mm gauge between the switch and the stock rail in line with the lock arm and ensure that the drive lock completes its travel (Figure D48).

Final adjustment is made after the fitting of the tie bar and actuators, when a small amount of fine packing, up to a maximum of 1.6mm, may be required.

Repeat the above procedure for the opposite switch rail.

1.5mm Gauge

Fine Packing

Figure D48

The clearance between the lock arm and the top surface of the drive lock slide bracket should be nominally 10mm (refer to NO TAG). Track circuit failures will occur if this clearance is reduced to zero (on the same side as the sole plate insulations).

10mmNominal

Figure D49

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 108: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 4 3

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 43 of 69

Insert a 4mm insulated gauge between the top of the drive lock slide end bracket and the under-side of the lock arm. Ensure that a clearance of at least 4mm exists at this point.

Clearances of less than 4mm may be caused by one or any combination of the following:

• The switch rail drilled too low.

• The stock rail drilled too high (Mk 2 only).

• The stock rail not seated on the base plate.

• Incorrect adaptor blocks used (Mk 2 only).

• Worn locating studs. (Mk 1 only).

• Loose coupling bolts (Also, the pin on the coupling bolt not sitting correctly in its slot in the drive bracket (refer to Part H Section 14)).

• Bull Head taper packing fitted upside down.

• Misalignment of the lock body due to stock rails tilting outwards caused by the PWay Engineer using “BBRE 1989” slide chairs.

If the clearance is greater than 12mm, it may indicate that the drive lock slide is misaligned, causing it to point down towards the centre of the track.

Drive lock slide misalignment may be caused by one or any combination of the following:

• The switch rail drilled too high.

• The stock rail drilled too low (Mk 2 only).

• The switch rail not seated on its slide chairs.

• Incorrect adaptor blocks used (Mk 2 only).

If the clearance is less than 4mm or greater than 12mm, identify the cause and rectify.

3.7.1 Switch Diamonds Lock adjustment is the same as with plain leads and uses the 2.5mm and 1.5mm gauges.

The coarse adjustment packing plates are supplied in three sizes : 1.6mm, 6mm and 12mm, as shown in Figure D50.

Thicknesses 1.6mm

6mmor 12mm

Figure D50

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 109: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 44 of 69

3.8 Permanent Way Stretcher Bars 3.8.1 First Permanent Way Stretcher Bar On layouts other than switch diamonds and double slips, the same bolts are used to retain the first stretcher bar brackets and the switch rail brackets to the switch rails. Initially the stretcher bars should be fitted using “G” clamps and only drilled after ensuring that the installation has been correctly adjusted.

Close and fully lock one switch rail.

Fit the pre-drilled end of the stretcher bar into its bracket, ensuring that the insulations are on the same side as the soleplate insulations.

Measuring directly above the lock arm, position the open switch rail to give an opening of exactly 105mm (Figure D51). Clamp the plain end of the stretcher bar into its bracket and ensure that the clearance between the top of the stretcher bar and the bottom of the stock rail just exceeds 3mm.

105mm

Figure D51

Close and lock the opposite switch and ensure that the switch opening is also 105mm. If this opening is less than 105mm, reset the stretcher bar to give a minimum opening of 105mm (Figure D52).

105mm

Figure D52

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 110: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 4 5

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 45 of 69

3.8.2 Other Permanent Way Stretcher Bars A 50mm minimum clearance between the switch and stock rails (flangeway) must always be provided in the open switch position. The number of stretcher bars required is shown below:

TYPE OF RAIL SECTION

Type of Switch

FLAT BOTTOM VERTICAL

FLAT BOTTOM INCLINED CURVED

BULL HEAD INCLINED

UIC 54 / 113A

A 2 2 2 2

B 2 2 2 2

C 3 3 3 2

D 4 3 4 2

E 4 4 4 3

F 5 4 3

SG 6 6 5

G 6 6 5

H 9 7

Figure D53

3.8.3 Switch Diamonds Switch diamonds require special stretcher bars which have their insulations in the centre of the bar.

Switch diamonds have a limited throw, hence the point opening is reduced to 82mm (minimum) and not 105mm (minimum) as for plain leads. This dimension, as with plain leads, is measured directly above the lock arm.

3.8.4 Double Slips The stretcher bars used are the type used for plain leads using the standard drilling arrangement, but are repositioned in the second sleeper bay.

3.85 UIC 54/113A All permanent way stretcher bars are adjustable (Figure D54). The switch opening must be set to 105mm, measured over the lock arm.

35 SQ

550

2511225

260

KICKING STRAP KICKING STRAP

260

12

C

Bracket

Packing PlatesAlignment Block35

Packing Block

All dimensions in mm.

Figure D54

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 111: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 46 of 69

3.9 Tie Bar The distance between the lock drive lock slides will vary with track conditions, hence, the tie bar is supplied plain at one end for marking off and drilling on site when the correct length has been determined. ‘G’ clamps should be used to hold the tie bar firmly in position whilst the installation is checked for correct operation before finally marking off and drilling.

Assemble the tie bar with the drilled end bolted to one of the drive lock slide brackets. As the holes are drilled offset from the centre of the bar, it must be assembled so that the top of the tie bar is flush with the top of the bracket. More recent tie bars are marked “Top”.

Close one switch rail and push the drive lock slide into its lock and detector mechanism as far as its stop (Figure D55).

Pull the opposite drive lock slide out of the mechanism to its fullest extent.

105mm

Tie Bar

No Clearance WhenFully Extended

Clamp

No Clearance WhenFully Inserted

Figure D55

Check that the drive lock slides are still in the correct position and clamp the plain end of the tie bar into its drive lock slide bracket. When clamping the tie bar, place the clamp under the bracket, ensuring that the top of the tie bar is flush with the top of the bracket.

Operate the points to close and lock the other switch. If the open switch rail starts to lift, the tie bar is too short. Reset the bar with the points lying in this position. This problem usually occurs when there are uneven switch openings.

The tie bar must not be drilled until the installation has been checked for correct operation.

3.9.1 Switch Diamonds Because of the reduced switch opening (increasing the distance between the drive lock slides), the length of the tie bar is increased to 990mm, compared with 890mm for a standard layout.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 112: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 4 7

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 47 of 69

3.10 Power Pack and Hydraulic Hoses Ensure that the voltage rating of the pump motor is as specified on the diagram.

The hydraulic power pack and hoses should be installed following the installation of the tie bar. Figure D56 is a section taken from the Standard Structure Gauge. The power pack is usually mounted at ground level on a concrete base. It can bee seen that if it is necessary to fit the power pack in the six foot, it must be mounted no less than 730mm from the inside of the running rail and must not exceed a height of 915mm above rail level.

1432

Rail Level

152

915

730

406

152

76

761968

730

1432

Rail Level

1624

1364105

Face of signals ladders etc.In cases of difficulty where signal posts etc. are placedbetween tracks spaced at 3038 intervals, a minimumclearance from bodywork of 570 is permissable.

All dimensions in mm. Figure D56

Mount the power pack on a 6 way point rodding roller base or suitable alternative and, if possible, position it adjacent to the switch toe so that during manual operation, the operator is clear of the running line and facing the direction of traffic.

Two hydraulic hoses are required for a single lead. Two types : non insulated (Black) and insulated (Orange) are available in the following lengths:

500 mm

2000 mm

3000 mm

4000 mm

6000 mm

7000 mm

Note that insulated hoses (Orange) may be used where problems may occur with track circuit failures (Part H Section 14).

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 113: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 48 of 69

On two port power packs, fit the hoses to the outlets marked N and R (Figure D57). On four port power packs, fit the hoses to the outlets marked MN (Main Normal) and MR (Main Reverse) (Figure D58). If hydraulic supplementary drives are not to be fitted, ensure that the ‘BN’ and ‘BR’ (Backdrive Normal/Reverse) outlets are sealed.

Where hydraulic supplementary drives are to be fitted, ensure a four port power pack is used and refer to Code of Practice GK/RC0772 in this handbook.

The air should be bled from the system before the points are put into service. Fill the power pack with “Lorco” R7116 hydraulic fluid and operate the power pack manually until hydraulic fluid starts to flow from the end of each hose.

Connect the hoses to each actuator, ensuring that the actuator is first fully compressed, then operate the power pack manually to extend each actuator.

The connections should be securely tightened but care must be taken not to overtighten.

N R

BRMRMN

BN

Figure D58Figure D57

Fit the lock wires supplied with the power pack and actuators to both ends of the hydraulic hoses (Figure D59).

Actuator

Figure D59

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 114: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 4 9

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 49 of 69

3.11 Hydraulic Actuators

CAUTION Incorrect installation of hydraulic actuators is the most common cause of clamp lock malfunction.

Incorrect settings severely reduce the life expectancy of the machine, and can cause premature closed and locked detection failures.

The actuators have a maximum stroke of 213mm, but the installed working stroke should never exceed 210mm. Each actuator must extend to the limit of the stop within the cylinder when the lock mechanism is closed and locked. However, when retracted, the actuator must never hit is internal stop, as this will punch the end cap out of the cylinder. Adjustment is effected by means of packing at the inner ends of the actuators, between the centre thrust bracket and centre socket mountings.

Close the LH switch rail and push the drive lock slide into its body as far as the stop.

Fit the rod end of the actuator into the socket of the drive lock slide bracket, attach a centre socket mounting to the other end and ensure that split pins are inserted. As the actuators are connected to the power pack, ensure the correct actuator (Normal or Reverse) is fitted on the LH side of the points.

Operating from the power pack, fully extend the actuator to the limit of its internal stop.

Measure the gap (X) between the blocks on the centre thrust bracket and the centre socket mounting, ensuring that the socket mounting is parallel to the blocks under the bracket.

Fit collar spacing pieces (23mm and 6.5mm) and M16 washers (3mm) onto the fixing bolts to give a total thickness of packing at lease 3 mm in excess of this measurement ( X +3mm) as shown in Figure D60.

Plan View

X + 3mm

Side ViewX

Clamp

Fully ExtendedCentre SocketMounting

Centre Thrust Bracket

Figure D60

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 115: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

5 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 50 of 69

Close the RH switch rail and push the drive lock slide into its body as far as the stop.

Fit the rod end of the actuator into the socket of the drive lock slide bracket; attach a centre socket mounting to the other end and ensure that the split pins are inserted. Operating from the power pack, fully extend the actuator to the limit of its internal stop.

Measure the gap (Y) between the centre socket mountings on the ends of the actuators and fit packing plates (6mm and 3mm) of total thickness at least 3mm less than this measurement (Y – 3mm) as shown in Figure D61.

Note: At least one packing plate must be inserted.

Plan View Packing Plates

3mmY

Centre Socket MountingsSide ViewClamp

Y

Fully Extended

Figure D61

Hydraulically operate the points to close and fully lock one switch rail. Measure between the vertical ends of the drive lock slide end bracket and the actuator outer body (Figure D62). Check that this distance is not less than 219mm, ie. less than 219mm means that the actuator is not fully extending. An actuator not fully extending is caused by either incorrect setting of the actuator packing or the tie bar being set too short.

Repeat the above for the other actuator.

Figure D62

219mm Min

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 116: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 5 1

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 51 of 69

Refer to Figure D63. With the points closed and fully locked, measure the length of the extended actuator (A) which should not be less than 219mm as previously described. Operate the points to close and fully lock the other switch rail and measure between the same two reference points (B).

A – B = Actuator stroke

Check that the stroke of the actuator does not exceed 210mm. An actuator travelling more than 210mm is caused either by incorrect setting of the actuator packing, the tie bar being set too short or the switch opening set to more than 105mm.

Repeat the above for the other actuator.

A

B

Figure D63

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 117: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

5 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 52 of 69

With the switch rail closed and fully locked, insert the 3mm clearance checking gauge between the drive lock slide and the back of the hook on the lock arm (Figure D64).

On the open switch, push back the lock arm and ensure that it swings freely upwards.

It is vital that both clearances shown in Figure D64 are in the range 3mm to 6mm. Too little clearance will cause severe train vibration to be transferred into the mechanism, causing considerable component wear. If the clearances are too large, the “closed and locked” detection will be prone to regular failure.

3 - 6mm 3 - 6mm

Figure D64

Close and fully lock the opposites switch rail and repeat the above.

If the closed switch 3 – 6mm clearance is too large, it may be caused by incorrect setting of the actuator packing (RH switch: Insufficient plate packing, LH switch: Excessive washer packing).

If the closed switch 3 – 6mm clearance is too small, it may be caused by incorrect setting of the actuator packing (RH switch: Excessive plate packing, LH switch: Insufficient washer packing).

An increase in washer packing will increase the LH and reduce the RH clearance, whereas reducing washers will have the opposite effect. Any change made to plate packing will affect only the RH clearance by the corresponding amount.

The open switch 3 – 6mm clearance is directly related to the closed switch clearance and the length of the tie bar. If there is a problem with the open switch 3 – 6 mm clearance and the closed switch clearance is correct, then the tie bar is either too long or too short.

Before proceeding to set detection, the actuator settings muse be checked. For each lie of the points check the following:

• Each actuator is fully extending.

• Neither actuator is stroking more than 210mm.

• A 3 – 6mm clearance exists on each closed switch.

• A 3 – 6mm clearance exists on each open switch.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 118: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 5 3

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 53 of 69

3.11.1 Switch Diamonds Due to the increased stiffness of the switches, the switch diamond layout may require larger diameter actuators to enable the hydraulic system to operate the points effectively.

Installation of the actuators follows the same basic procedure as plain leads.

Close the LH switch rail and push the drive lock slide into its body as far as the stop.

Fit the rod end of the actuator into the socket of the drive lock slide bracket, attach a centre socket mounting to the other end and ensure that split pins are inserted. As the actuators are connected to the power pack, ensure the correct actuator (Normal or Reverse) is fitted on the LH side of the points.

Operating from the power pack, fully extend the actuator to the limit of its internal stop.

Measure the gap between the centre socket mounting and the centre thrust bracket and fit packing of a total thickness of approximately 3mm less than the gap.

When inserting the packing, at least one 6mm packing plate must be placed between the actuator mounting socket and the spacing collars, transferring the spacing collars as necessary (Figure D65).

Repeat the procedure for the RH switch.

Centre SocketMounting

ThinPacking

Centre ThrustBracket

A thick packing platemust be placed nextto the socket to takethe thrust of theactuator.

Transfer spacingcollars to therear as required.

Figure D65

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 119: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

5 4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 54 of 69

3.11.2 Double Slips The installation of the actuators on the LH road is the same as for plain leads.

The procedure on the RH road is reversed such that the right hand actuator is installed first.

1 Close the RH switch rail and push the drive lock slide into its body as far as the stop.

2 Fit the rod end of the actuator into the socket of the drive bracket; attach a centre socket mounting to the other end and ensure that the split pins are inserted. As the actuators are connected to the power pock, ensure that the correct actuator (Normal or Reverse) is fitted on the RH side of the points.

3 Fully extend the hydraulic actuator to the limit of its internal stop.

4 Measure the gap between the blocks on the centre thrust bracket and the centre socket mounting (X) ensuring that the socket mounting is parallel to the blocks under the bracket.

5 Fit collar spacing pieces (23mm and 6.5mm) and M16 washers (3mm) onto the fixing bolts to give a total thickness of packing at least 3mm in excess of the gap measurement ( X + 3mm).

6 Repeat 1, 2 and 3 for the LH side.

7 Measure the gap between the centre socket mountings on the ends of the actuators (Y) and fit packing plates (6mm and 3mm) of total thickness at least 3mm less than this measurement (Y – 3mm).

At least one packing plate must be inserted.

8 Check that the actuators are correctly installed.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 120: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 5 5

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 55 of 69

3.12 Operational Checks 3.12.1 Facing Point Lock Test All facing point lock (FPL) testing is performed with the points operated from the hand pump. The test is carried out using the 3.5mm gauge inserted between the switch and stock rail at a point in line with the first permanent way slide chair bolt (Figure D66). This must prevent the drive lock slide from completing its travel by at least 30mm (Figure D67). If the lock enters, the minimum amount of fine packing shims (combination of 0.6mm and 1.6mm shims) must be inserted behind the locking piece until the lock fails to enter.

Figure D66

Mk 1 Equipment Mk 2 Equipment

Figure D67

3.5mmFPL Gauge

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 121: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

5 6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 56 of 69

Packing must be added in the smallest possible increments until the lock arm fails to engage. This procedure should be followed to prevent excessive packing behind the locking piece, which may result in the lock arm ‘sticking up’.

Note: The total shim packing behind the locking piece must not exceed 4.0mm.

Increments of fine packing are as follows:

0.6 mm (one thin shim)

1.2 mm (two thin shims)

1.6 mm (one thick shim)

1.8 mm (three thin shims)

2.2 mm (one thick, one thin shim)

2.4 mm (four thin shims)

2.8 mm (one thick, two thin shims)

3.0 mm (five thin shims)

3.2 mm (two thick shims)

3.4 mm (one thick, three thin shims)

3.6 mm (six thin shims)

3.8 mm (two thick, one thin shim)

1.0 mm (one thick, four thin shims) (Maximum permitted)

Example: Lock arm engages with 3.5mm gauge inserted with total fine packing of 1.2mm (two thin packing shims).

The next minimum packing above 1.2mm (two thin packing shims) is 1.6mm (one thick packing shim); this must replace the 1.2mm (two thin packing shims) rather than simply adding 0.6mm (one thin packing shim), which would give a total packing of 1.8mm (three thin packing shims).

If, with 1.6mm packing (one thick packing shim) inserted, the lock arm still engages, then the 1.6mm packing shim must be removed and 1.8mm (three thin packing shims) inserted.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 122: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 5 7

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 57 of 69

When the 3.5mm gauge is removed and a 1.5mm gauge is positioned in line with the lock arm (Figure D68), the lock arm should fully engage and the drive lock slide complete its movement (Figure D69)

Mk 1 Equipment Mk 2 Equipment

Figure D69

Figure D68

1.5mm Gauge

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 123: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

5 8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 58 of 69

3.12.2 (Mk 2 Only) Drive Lock Slide Position The drive lock slide protrudes from the rear of the body by approx 25mm when the points are fully locked (refer to Figure D70).

Measuring along the top face of the lock slide, determine the amount of slide protruding from the body.

If there is less than 25mm of slide showing, this can be caused by incorrect setting of the lock arm clearances.

Figure D70

3.12.3 Tie Bar Clear of Actuators Insert the 3mm gauge between the top of the tie bar and the underside of the actuator packings at the centre thrust bracket. Ensure that a clearance of at least 3mm exists at this point (Figure D71).

If the clearance does not existing, check the following:

• Packing plate not fitted under the centre thrust bracket (only fitted when heater pads fitted).

• Misalignment of the lock body, ie. drive lock slides pointing up to the track centre.

• Tie bar fitted upside down or drilled too low.

Take corrective action as necessary.

3mm min.

Tie Bar

Figure D71

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 124: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 5 9

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 59 of 69

3.12.4 Hydraulic System Pressure Checks a) Normal/Reverse Drive Hydraulic Pressure (75bar Max) When driving, hydraulic pressures should not exceed 75bar, although they will vary from point end to point end.

Pressures of more than 75 bar indicate excessive weight on the points, which must be located and rectified.

Using a ‘T piece’, connect the hydraulic pressure gauge, in turn, to the Normal/Reverse hydraulic outlet on the power pack and, operating manually, measure and record the pressure required to unlock, throw and lock the points in both Normal and Reverse positions.

b) Normal/Reverse “At Rest” Hydraulic Pressure (85 – 195bar) Operating manually with a hydraulic pressure gauge connected, ensure that the pressure at the end of travel peaks at not more than 105bar nor less than 85bar.

Pressures outside these valves indicate that the pressure relief valve in the power pack is incorrectly set and the power pack must be renewed.

Record the Normal/Reverse “At Rest” hydraulic pressure.

c) Normal/Reverse “At Rest” Hydraulic Pressure (Steady) Operating manually with a hydraulic pressure gauge connected, ensure that the “At Rest” pressure remains steady for at least one minute.

Loss of pressure indicates a faulty power pack or leaking hydraulic hoses/actuators. If a Smiths power pack is fitted and there is loss of pressure, it may be caused by the non-return valves in the pack. Renew the power pack as necessary.

Note : Ensure that the locking wires (Railway Cat No 86/032498) are renewed.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 125: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

6 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 60 of 69

3.13 Detection Setting For satisfactory operation under conditions of track vibration, it is necessary for detection to have a margin of pre-travel before the contacts operate. This is obtained by adjustable tappet screws located on the cam followers.

The whole of the following procedure must be used every time any adjustments, no matter how small, are to be made to the electrical detection. Whilst this procedure explains how to set detection, it should also be used as part of routine maintenance to check that the detection is correctly adjusted.

Firstly, ensure that all the necessary disconnections have been made in accordance the Rule Book. Disconnect the incoming and outgoing detection links at the location case.

Electrical detection should be adjusted in the following order:

1 Left hand tappet screw.

2 Right hand tappet screw.

3 Point detector blade adjustable cam

4 Overall checks.

3.13.1 Left Hand Tappet Screw Operate the points to close and lock one side. Ensure that the lock is fully engaged and the drive lock slide has completed its stroke. (Figure D72).

Figure D72

Slacken the detector blade locking nut 1/16th of a turn and turn the adjusting screw on the adjustable cam clockwise until it reaches the adjustable cam so that no thread is visible.

Check that the “point closed and locked” (LH) cam follower has fully dropped to the “back contacts made” position.

Connect a meter (resistance scale) across terminals K & B, and check that a closed circuit is indicated. If not, screw the tappet screw into the cam follower until a closed circuit is obtained.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 126: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 6 1

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 61 of 69

Insert a 2mm gauge between the tappet screw and the LH limit switch plunger (bevelled edge facing up) and adjust the tappet screw until the back contents are just broken and the meter indicates open circuit (Figure D73). If the limit switch can be heard to “click” but the meter reading indicates that the contacts are still closed, this could be due to an alternative patch via the detection circuit strapping. (This usually occurs at the first lock body from the feed.) To prevent this, ensure the RH limit switch front contacts are made (plunger in).

Remove the 2mm gauge and insert a 1.5mm gauge (bevelled edge facing up) and check that the back contacts are made (meter indicates a closed circuit). If not. screw the tappet screw into the cam follower until a closed circuit is obtained, and then re-check with the 2mm gauge.

Tighten tappet screw lock nut and re-check.

2mm or 1.5mm Gauge

Point ClosedLH Cam Follower

Figure D73

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 127: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

6 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 62 of 69

3.13.2 Right Hand Tappet Screw Operate the points manually to open the switch rail 25mm (Figure D74) and adjust the tappet screw on the point open (RH) cam follower to come level with the tappet screw on the point closed (LH) cam follower.

Re-close and lock the points and continue the adjustment of the point detection.

Point Open(RH) Cam Follower

View on Arrow

Level

25mm

Figure D74

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 128: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 6 3

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 63 of 69

3.13.3 Setting the Adjustable Cam This adjustment should only be made when the tappets screws are correctly set. The adjustment is made with the relevant switch rail closed and locked. The adjustment required is such that the back contacts of the LH limit switch just break with the switch rail open 4mm at the lock, but remain made with the switch rail open 2.5mm.

Insert the 4mm gauge between the detector blade lug and the shoulder of the connecting eye and tighten the nut (Figure D75). If the previous operations have been followed, a closed circuit will be indicated across terminal K & B.

4mm or 2.5mm Gauge

LH Limit Switch

Detector Blade Lug

Detector Blade

LH CamFollower

Adjusting Screw

Lock Nut

Figure D75

Slacken the detector blade locking nut 1/16th of a turn and turn the adjusting screw on the adjustable cam anti-clockwise until detection just breaks and the meter indicates open circuit. Tighten the lock nut.

Remove the 4mm gauge and insert the 2.5mm gauge in its place. The detection should be made. If the detection is broken, return to the LH tappet screw (3.13.1) and start again. Remove the 2.5mm gauge and tighten the detector blade lug to a torque of 70Nm and the detector blade lock nut to a torque of 100Nm, whilst preventing the adjusting screw from rotating.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 129: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

6 4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 64 of 69

3.13.4 Overall Detection Check On completion of all adjustments the following conditions should be checked.

With the switch rail closed and locked and the drive lock slide at the limit of its stroke, a small gap should be observed between the “left hand” cam follower tappet screw and its limit switch plunger button. Check that detection breaks when a 2mm gauge is inserted in this gap, but remains made when a 1.5mm gauge is inserted (Figure D76). This operation is to ensure that the tappet clearance has not altered during the adjustment of the point detection.

2mm or 1.5mm Gauge

Point ClosedLH Cam Follower

8mm - 15mm

Figure D76

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 130: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 6 5

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 65 of 69

The following check determines the clearance between the leading edge of the fixed cam and the notch in the LH cam follower foot (Figure D76). Operating manually to unlock the points and measuring across terminals K & B, the LH limit switch back contacts should break when the drive lock slide has moved between 8mm and 15mm (5mm and 10mm for Mk1), and remain broken throughout the rest of the stroke (Figure D77). If values of more than 15mm are obtained, it indicates that the 3 – 6mm lock arm clearance, set during actuator installation, is too small. Conversely, if values less than 8mm are obtained, then the 3 – 6mm clearance is too

large.

8mm - 15mm

Detection breaks between 8mmand 15mm of travel(5mm and 10mm on Mk1)

Figure D77

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 131: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

6 6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 66 of 69

Transfer the meter to terminals K & F.

The RH limit switch back contacts should first make when the toe of the switch rail has moved not less than 95mm from the stock rail and remain made to the fully open position of the switch rail (Figure D78). If a value of less than 95mm is obtained, either the adjustable cam or the RH tappet is incorrectly set.

Repeat the whole detection setting procedure for the opposite switch rail.

95mm Min (76mm for SW Dia)

Figure D78

Note: At no time are any adjustments made for open switch detection. Provided closed switch detection is correct and minimum switch opening is available then, due to the fixed length of the top edge of the adjustable cam, correct open switch detection will automatically reset.

3.13.5 Switch Diamonds The detection setting procedure for switch diamonds is identical to that for plain leads, except that open switch detection should be obtained after 76mm.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 132: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 6 7

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 67 of 69

3.14 Drilling the Tie Bar and Stretcher Bars The importance of correct marking off and drilling cannot be overstressed.

Using the tie and stretcher bar punch guide and centre punch (Figure D79), mark off the plain end of the tie bar whilst clamped to the drive lock slide and bracket.

Using the marking off tool and centre punch, mark off the plain end of the stretcher bars whilst clamped to the stretcher bar brackets.

Remove and drill both the tie bar (two holes – 16mm diameter) and the stretcher bars (two holes – 53/64” diameter), as shown in Figure D80.

Bolt the tie bar to the drive brackets together with the actuator covers and crowbar lugs.

Bolt the stretcher bars (and the drive lug, when required for multiple drives) to the stretcher brackets.

Centre Punch Punch Guide

12mm Diameter 20mm Diameter

60mm50mm

Figure D79

Clamp16mm Dia

5364" dia

Clamp

Figure D80

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 133: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

6 8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 68 of 69

3.15 Final Security Check Replace all plain nuts with self locking nuts and ensure that all bolts are tightened to the torque settings shown below:

Size Torque

Lock and detector mechanism and M20 (30 A/F) 250 Nm. switch rail bracket bolts. Locking piece screws M12 (19 A/F) 60 Nm. Detector blade lug nut M16 (24 A/F) 70 Nm. Detector blade locking nut M16 (24 A/F) 100 Nm. Actuator socket mounting and tie bar bolts M16 (24 A/F) 100 Nm.

Bend over the tab washers on each locking piece screw.

Check that the split pins at both ends of each pivot pin and both ends of each actuator are fully opened.

Fasten the point number identification plate to the timber/bearer on the normally closed switch side of the points.

Check that the hydraulic hoses are clear of all moving parts and are protected from damage.

3.16 Installation of Cables Electrical installation of clamp locks is no different from any other electrical installation, and must be carried out in accordance with the applicable instructions in the “Signalling Installation Handbook”.

Standard circuits are used wherever possible, and only point numbers, fuses and terminal numbers differ.

Diagrams issued for a particular installation must be followed, and wiring must be installed accordingly.

Generally, all cable used for both the power pack and the detector is 4-core 2.5mm2 (f).

Each cable should be sealed with a moisture seal and secured to the unit using the Elkay 255BR glands provided or a suitable alternative. These glands must provide firm support for each cable.

2.5mm2 (f) cable should be terminated with black sleeved ring tongue crimp connectors using the appropriate crimping tool. Care must be taken to ensure that the insulation of the crimp does not rest on an adjacent terminal

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 134: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 6 9

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page D 69 of 69

The following method of cabling to the lock and detector mechanism, which was introduced in 1989, employs standard lengths of pre-formed 4-core cable designed to fit directly on to the 5-way 2BA terminal block in each detector mechanism (Figure D81)

K

1A

2B

3E

4F

L

1C

2D

3G

4H

Figure D81 The cables are available in four standard lengths: short, medium, long and extra long. For one point end, three cables are required, which are usually: one short, one medium and one long. In third rail areas, one medium cable, one long cable and one extra long cable are rerquired. The pre-formed detection cables are terminated on binding posts in a disconnection box mounted on the rear of the power pack (Figure D82). The cables to the location case must be terminated before the cables to the detectors.

Power Pack

Disconnection Box

Concrete Block

3.17 Functional Testing and Commissioning Before the points can be commissioned, all testing must be completed in accordance with the Signalling Works Testing Handbook or Signalling Maintenance Handbook where applicable.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 135: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 136: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1

Code of Practice GK/RC 0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page E 1 of 9

1 Introduction This Part consists of GK/RT0241: Signalling Maintenance Specifications - parts S/MS PB11 and GS/MS PB15. Reference shall be made to the current issue of those documents when carrying out he relevant maintenance activities detailed below. For further details of particular maintenance checks and details of Pointcare, which is a higher standard of maintenance, refer to Part J.

2 GS/MS PB11 Includes: Mk1 (Fabricated Body) and Mk2 (Cast Body)

See also: PA11 POINTS Joint S&T/CE Checks PA51 POINTS Fittings PB15 Hydraulic Power Pack (Clamp Lock Type)

The machine must not be operated electrically until any adjustments made have been provided by hand pump operation.

Service A 1.1 Disconnect the detection at the location by slipping the links between the detection relays (or SSI inputs) and the clamp lock equipment. 1.2 Isolate machine by turning to the 'Manual' position on the Hydraulic Power Unit.

1.3 Carry out Facing Point Test (Appendix A).

1.4 Select the 'Power' position on the Hydraulic Power Unit.

1.5 Reconnect the detection at the location.

1.6 Record the results and other details on the Facing Point Test Record Form.

1.7 Ensure the RKB 222 padlock is fitted to the Local Control Hinged Lid.

1.8 Test by operation from the signal box and to observe that the apparatus functions correctly.

Service B Note: The cam follower pivot and the drive lock slide/drive bracket coupling should NOT be lubricated.

2.1 Isolate the machine by turning to the 'Manual' position on the Hydraulic Power Unit.

2.2 Remove all fire risks and potential obstructions to equipment, e.g. waste paper and ballast.

CLAMP LOCK MECHANISM ON OPEN SWITCH 2.3 Examine the lock and detector mechanism assembly, lock arm bracket assembly, turned pins, split pins, fixing bolts, nuts, bolts, set screws and washers.

2.4 Examine, where fitted, the heater mounting stud bolts - (MK1 fabricated body only).

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 137: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page E 2 of 9

2.5 Examine the location studs (fitted to 113A rail - MK1 fabricated body only).

2.6 Clean exposed parts of all working surfaces on the lock arm, lock arm pivot, fixed cam, adjustable cam, locking place, cam followers, drive lock slide and slideway.

2.7 Check the lock arm and detection blade are free to slide on the pivot pin.

2.8 Ensure the lock arm is free to pivot vertically upwards.

2.9 Lubricate with Rocol all working surfaces o the fixed cam, adjustable cam, lock arm, locking place and he lock arm pivot at the positions shown in Figure E1.

2.10 Lubricate liberally, the drive lock slide, slideway, lock arm, detector blade, and locking piece with Rocol spray at the positions shown in figure E1.

2.11 Examine and clean the drive lock slide/drive bracket coupling and the bottom of the lock arm.

2.12 Examine terminal and micro switch assemblies.

2.13 Clean and protect terminals as necessary.

2.14 Examine cable entries and cable glands, ensure cables are not chafing.

2.15 Examine wiring for damage or decay.

Figure E1

2.16 Lubricate the padlock.

2.17 Check the support bracket is secure and not damaged. (MK1 fabricated body only).

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 138: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3

Code of Practice GK/RC 0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page E 3 of 9

CLAMP LOCK MECHANISM ON CLOSED SWITCH 2.18 Have the points operated on power? Ensure the overload protection takes 6 to 9 seconds to operate.

2.19 Wipe and examine the cam adjusting screw.

2.20 Lubricate with mineral oil the cam adjusting screw.

2.21 Ensure a clearance of at least 3mm exists between the lock arm and the drive lock slide by inserting the 3mm gauge.

2.22 Ensure a clearance of between 4mm and 12mm exists between the top of the drive lock coupling and the bottom of the lock arm.

2.23 Check the pin in the drive bracket coupling bolt is located correctly.

2.24 Repeat items 2.3 to 2.23 for opposite lie of points.

HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT 2.25 Check the locking wires on the hose connectors are intact.

2.26 Examine actuators for leakage of hydraulic fluid, particularly the spigots at the centre thrust bracket.

2.27 Examine centre thrust bracket, coupling bar, drive brackets, split pins, fixing bolts, nuts, bolts and washers.

2.28 Select the 'Power' position on the Hydraulic Power Unit.

2.29 Ensure the RKB222 padlock is fitted tot he Local Central Hinged Lid.

2.30 Test by operation from the signal box and observe the apparatus functions correctly.

Service C 3.1 isolate the machine by turning to the 'Manual' position on the Hydraulic Power Unit.

CLAMP LOCK AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATORS 3.2 Brush, wash and examine actuator covers.

3.3 Check using the insulated 25mm gauge that the cam follower tappet screws protrude no more than 25mm see Figure E2.

3.4 Carry out the Detection Test (Appendix B).

3.5 Select the 'Power' position on the Hydraulic Power Unit.

25mm max

Figure E2

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 139: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page E 4 of 9

2.31 Ensure the RKB222 padlock is fitted tot he Local Control Hinged Lid.

2.32 Reconnect the detection at the location.

2.33 Test by operation from the signal box and observe the apparatus functions correctly.

Service D

MK1 - FABRICATED BODY ONLY 4.1 Examine the rail close to the lock body for significant wheel burns, rail irregulations, stepped rail joints and poor condition of permanent way. Inform your supervisor of any signs of the above.

4.2 Clean the body frame if necessary.

4.3 Examine the lock body and welds for cracks. The most likely areas of crack formation are shown in Figure E3.

Weld

Typical LocationOf Cracks

Figure E3

If cracks are detected the points must be treated as defective.

One of the following approved tests must be used.

CRACK DETECTION - DYE PENETRANT TEST

CAUTION: Where gas type point heaters are fitted the gas supply must be turned off prior to this test. If the points were being heated they should be allowed to cool.

4.4 Clean and de-grease the lock body using an approved cleaner and allow to dry.

4.5 Spray the dye penetrant in an even film over the area to be tested from a distance of 300mm.

4.6 Wait for 10 minutes to allow complete penetration of any cracks.

4.7 Wipe all excess dye from the surface using a paper tissue moistened with cleaner. All read colouration should be removed from the surface.

4.8 Spray the developer in an even film over the area to be tested.

4.9 Wait for 10 minutes to allow the developer to react with any remaining dye.

Any cracks that are present will show up as red liens against the white background.

CRACK DETECTION - EDDY CURRENT TEST The Eddy Current Detector Meter must be used in accordance with the instruction manual.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 140: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 5

Code of Practice GK/RC 0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page E 5 of 9

Appendix A : Facing Point Test 5.1 Connect a meter set to the correct voltage range across the outgoing KR terminals on the mechanism being tested.

5.2 Check that detection is made.

5.3 With the 3.5mm end of the Point Checking Gauge between the switch and stock rail at a point in line with the bolt securing the stock rail in the first slide chair, ensure that the lock arm does not complete its travel by at least 30mm.

5.4 Observe that the detection is broken by referring to the meter.

5.5 Remove the gauge.

5.6 With the 1.5mm gauge between the switch and stock rail at a point in line with the lock arm, ensure that the lock arm fully engages and the drive lock side completes its stroke.

5.7 Observe that detection is made by referring to the meter.

5.8 Remove the gauge.

5.9 Repeat items 5.1 to 5.8 for the opposite point tongue.

If either lock fails to pass the tests in 5.1 to 5.8 adjustments and testing must be carried out in accordance with Appendix D.

Appendix B : Detection Test Note: Left and Right hand in connection with the micro-switches refers to the micro-switch position when viewed from outside the track.

6.1 Disconnect the detection at the location by slipping the links between the detection relays (or SSI inputs) and the clamp lock equipment.

6.2 Isolate machine by turning to the 'Manual' position on the Hydraulic Power Unit.

WITH THE SWITCH OPEN 6.3 Set a meter to the correct voltage range and connect it across the outgoing KR terminals on the mechanism being tested.

6.4 Observe that detection is made by referring to the meter.

If incorrect suspend this service and carry out the FULL TEST in accordance with Appendix C.

6.5 Check the right hand micro-switch plunger is clear of its cam follower tappet screw.

If incorrect suspend this service and carry out the FULL TEST in accordance with Appendix C.

6.6 Operate the right hand micro-switch.

6.7 Observe that detection is broken by referring to the meter.

If the detection remains made, investigate for cause. Suspend this service and carry out the FULL TEST in accordance with Appendix C.

WITH THE SWITCH CLOSED AND LOCKED

6.8 Transfer the meter tot he other outgoing KR terminals.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 141: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page E 6 of 9

6.9 Observe that detection is made by referring to the meter.

6.10 Insert a 4mm gauge between the point detector blade lug and the shoulder of the connecting eye and tighten nut.

If the detection remains made, suspend this service and carry out the FULL TEST in accordance with Appendix C.

6.11 Remove the 4mm gauge, insert the 2.5mm gauge and tighten nut.

6.12 Observe that detection is made by referring to the meter.

If the detection is broken, suspend this service and carry out the FULL TEST in accordance with Appendix C.

6.13 Remove the 2.5mm gauge and tighten the nut.

6.14 Observe that detection is made by referring to the meter.

6.15 Insert the 1.5mm gauge between the left hand micro-switch plunger and the cam follower tappet screw.

6.16 Observe that detection is made by referring to the meter.

If the detection is broken, suspend this service and carry out the FULL TEST in accordance with Appendix C.

6.17 Remove 1.5mm gauge and insert the 2mm gauge between the left hand micro-switch plunger and the cam follower tappet screw.

6.18 Observe that detection is broken by referring to the meter.

If the detection remains made, suspend this service and carry out the FULL Test in accordance with Appendix C.

6.19 Repeat items 6.3 to 6.18 for the other mechanism.

Quick Guide to Appendix B

Carry outFull Test

Investigatethe cause

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

RH Tappet screw clear ?

RH M/switch breaks detection ?

AT CLOSED SWITCH

4mm - detection broken ?

2.5mm - detection made ?

1.5mm - detection made ?

2mm - detection broken ?

Repeat for points reversed

AT OPEN SWITCH

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 142: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 7

Code of Practice GK/RC 0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page E 7 of 9

Appendix C : Full Test LOCK AND DETECTION SETTING

7.1 Disconnect the detection at the lineside apparatus case by slipping the links between the detection release (or SSI inputs) and the clamp lock equipment.

7.2 Isolate machine by turning to the 'Manual' position on the Hydraulic Power Unit.

7.3 Close and lock the switch rail.

7.4 Slacken the detector locking nut by 1/16th of a turn and turn the adjusting screw clockwise until the adjustable cam has reached the head of the adjusting screw.

7.5 Connect a meter set to the correct voltage range across the outgoing KR terminals on the mechanism being tested. Check that detection is made.

7.6 Insert the 2mm gauge between the left hand micro-switch plunger and the cam follower tappet screw.

7.7 Adjust the left hand tappet screw until detection is broken by referring to the meter. Tighten the lock nut.

7.8 Replace the 2mm gauge with the 1.5mm gauge and observe the meter reading.

If the detection remains broken adjust the left hand tappet screw until detection is made. Tighten the lock nut.

If any adjustment has been made to the left hand tappet screw to obtain detection then you must return to 7.3.

If the detection is made remove the gauge.

7.9 Insert the 4mm gauge between the point detector blade lug and the shoulder of the connecting eye and tighten nut.

7.10 Whilst observing the meter turn the adjusting screw anti clockwise until the detection is just broken. Tighten nut and observe that the detection remains broken.

7.11 Remove the 4mm gauge. Insert the 2.5mm gauge and tighten nut.

7.12 Observe that detection remains made by referring to the meter.

If the detection is broken remove the 2.5mm gauge and return to 7.3.

7.13 Remove the 2.5mm gauge and tighten nut.

7.14 Observe that detection remains made by referring to the meter.

7.15 Insert the 1.5mm gauge between the left hand micro-switch plunger and the cam follower tappet screw.

7.16 Observe that detection is made by referring to the meter.

If the detection is broken, do not adjust the tappet screw but return to 7.3.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 143: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page E 8 of 9

7.17 Replace the 1.5mm gauge with the 2mm gauge.

7.18 Observe that detection is broken by referring to the meter.

If the detection remains made, do not adjust the tappet screw but return to 7.3.

7.19 Remove the 2mm gauge.

7.20 Open the closed switch to an opening of approximately 25mm.

7.21 Observe that the right and tappet screw is level with the left hand tappet screw. Adjust the right and tappet screw as necessary. Tighten the lock nut.

7.22 Check, with the switch rail fully open, that there is a gap between the right hand micro-switch plunger and its tappet screw.

7.23 Repeat 7.3 to 7.22 for the opposite switch.

7.24 Carry out the FACING POINT Test in accordance with Appendix A.

Appendix D : Lock Adjustment If it is found on re-adjustment that more than a 0.6mm shim is needed, the points may have been run-through and should be checked for switch rail/stretcher bar damage.

Before lock adjustment is carried out, check for wear on the locking piece locating studs (fabricated body only), worn lock arm, stretched lock arm and the inner edges of the switch and stock rail.

Note: Tab washers must be renewed following any fine adjustment.

Fine adjustment is effected by inserting shim plates behind the locking piece in the lock body unit. Shims 0.6mm and 1.6mm are available for this purpose. If the total amount of fine adjustment shim packing is likely to exceed the maximum permitted thickness of 4mm then coarse adjustment may be required.

Coarse adjustment is effected by inserting packing plates between the lock arm bracket and the switch rail web. Packing plates 3mm and 1.6mm thick are available for this purpose

If coarse packing is increased because the fine packing would exceed 4mm, the stretcher bar and tie bar/actuator packing must be reset to maintain the 3mm clearance between the lock arm and the drive lock slide.

If coarse lock adjustment has been made the Detection Test must be carried out in accordance with Appendix B.

3 GS/MS PB15 Includes:- 2 Port Clamp lock power pack, 4 Port Clamp lock power pack, Actuator hoses. See also:-

PB11, Rail Clamp Point Lock

Service A 1.1 Check the hydraulic fluid is within 6mm of the top of the reservoir by observing the level indicator.

1.2 Ensure the RKB 222 padlock is fitted to the Local Control Hinged Lid.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 144: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 9

Code of Practice GK/RC 0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page E 9 of 9

Service B 2.1 Isolate machine by turning to the 'Manual' position on the Hydraulic Power Unit.

2.2 Examine cable entry, cable gland and ensure cables re not chafing.

2.3 Examine terminals and cover plate.

2.4 Clean and protect terminals as necessary.

2.5 Examine wiring for damage or decay.

2.6 Examine actuator hoses and connections for chafing, fire damage and security. If adjustment to the hose connections is necessary do not over tighten.

2.7 Check the locking wires on the hose connectors are intact.

2.8 Apply mineral oil lightly to the hand pump mechanism and where applicable, to guides, pivots and joints of the manual selection mechanism.

2.9 Check cover and unit for foreign bodies.

2.10 Select the 'Power' position on the Hydraulic Power Unit.

2.11 Lubricate the padlocks.

2.12 Ensue the RKB222 padlock is fitted to the Local Control Hinged Lid.

2.13 Test by operation from the signal box and observe the apparatus functions correctly.

Service C 3.1 Isolate machine by turning to the 'Manual' position on the Hydraulic Power Unit.

3.2 Clean, ash and examine the casing.

3.3 Clean the interior of the Hydraulic Power Unit.

3.4 Examine the Hydraulic Power Unit mounting.

3.5 Examine the manual control selection mechanism.

3.6 Examine the solenoid valve block.

3.7 Check the locking wires on the hose connections are intact.

3.8 Check, where accessible, the motor commutator. The commutator should be a light coffee colour.

3.9 Clean where accessible, the commutator surface with a lint free cloth moistened with cleaning fluid.

3.10 Examine, where accessible, the motor brushes. The brushes should slide freely in their holders and seat fully on the commutator.

3.11 Flush carbon deposits clear of brush gear with cleaning fluid (aerosol).

3.12 Select the 'Power' position on the Hydraulic Power Unit.

3.13 Ensure the RKB222 padlock is fitted to the Local Control Hinged Lid.

3.14 Test by operation from the signal box and observe the apparatus functions correctly.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 145: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 146: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page F 1 of 14

Part F Component Replacement

1 General This Part contains details of the components which can be replaced, and the procedures that should be followed when changing those components.

IMPORTANT: Before starting work the relevant parts of the Rule Book must be applied. Isolate the machine by turning the hydraulic power unit to ‘‘Manual’’. Disconnect all out-going and in-coming detection links, and all power pack links at the lineside apparatus case. Where it is necessary to renew the lock and detector mechanism, the complete installation procedure should be carried out as detailed in Part D. Note: A new tie bar and first permanent way stretcher bar will be required in most cases. The lock and detector mechanism must not be dismantled in any way, except for the renewal of the limit switch assembly or removal/replacement of the locking piece. As well as detailing the procedures for a complete strip down of the clamp lock and the replacement of permanent way slide chair bolts, this part includes the replacement of individual components that most commonly require replacing during fault finding and maintenance. Note: After the renewal of any component, the Signalling Maintenance Testing Handbook (SMTH) must be referred to for the necessary testing procedures.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 147: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page F2 of 14

2 Complete

Strip Down When it is necessary to dismantle the clamp lock completely for renewal or permanent way work, the following procedure should used:

1 Carry out the necessary disconnections and arrange the required protection using the procedures shown in the Rule Book.

2 Disconnect all appropriate fuses, cable links etc.

3 Hand pump the points to the mid-position and insert scotches for finger protection.

4 Disconnect the hydraulic hoses from both actuators. If the hoses are to be re-used, seal their ends to prevent ingress of dirt.

Caution: Hoses contain hydraulic fluid under pressure. Take care goggles should be worn.

5 Slacken the tie bar bolts and remove the actuator covers.

6 At the centre thrust bracket, undo and remove the actuator socket mounting bolts. Remove the split pins from both ends of he actuators and remove the actuators.

7 At the point where the stretcher bar connects to its bracket, undo and remove all bolts. Remove the stretcher bar.

8 Repeat step 7 for the tie bar.

9 Undo the three nuts securing the switch rail bracket. Remove the bracket and drive lock slide by sliding towards the four foot. Remove any coarse packing, taper packing and the bolts.

10 Undo the nuts on each lock and detector mechanism and slide the mechanism off its drive lock slide. Remove the bolts.

11 Disconnect any cables as required.

12 Remove the four coach screws on the centre thrust bracket and lever the bracket off the soleplate.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 148: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page F 3 of 14

3 Permanent Way Slide Chair Bolts

When the Permanent way Engineer changes slide chair bolts, the switch rail is required to be jacked up to allow the bolts to be pulled clear of the stock rail.

To allow the switch rail to be jacked up, use the following procedure:

1 Carry out the necessary disconnections and arrange the required protection using the procedures shown in the Rule Book.

2 Disconnect all fuses, cable links etc, as appropriate.

3 Fully open the switch, but do not lock opposite side.

4 Remove the split pin from the "heel" end of the pivot pin.

5 Release the stretcher bar at the most convenient point.

6 Withdraw the pivot pin from the lock arm and detector blade.

7 The switch is now free to be jacked up.

8 Replacement is a direct reversal of the above procedure.

9 Re-adjust detection as necessary.

10 Carry out the FPL test.

Note: For consistent performance, conventional bolts and Hookbolts should not be mixed.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 149: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page F4 of 14

4 Hydraulic Actuator

Refer to Figure F1

1 Ensure the necessary protection is provided using the procedures shown in the Rule Book.

2 Refer to SMTH for pre-installation checks.

3 Fully extend the actuator which is to be replaced.

4 Disconnect the appropriate hydraulic hose and plug the end.

Caution: Hoses contain hydraulic fluid under pressure. Take care - goggles should be worn.

5 Remove split pins from each end of the actuator.

6 Compress the actuator and remove.

7 With the replacement actuator compressed, re-connect the appropriate hydraulic hose.

8 Place the actuator into position and extend by slowly pumping the power pack. Take care first to align the split pin holes at the drive lock slide bracket.

9 Insert and open the split points at both ends of the actuator.

10 Check the hydraulic system for leaks.

11 Renew and secure the lock wires.

12 Carry out the FPL test.

13 Test in accordance with SMTH.

14 Test by operation from the signal box.

Actuator

Figure F1

Actuator

Centre ThrustBracket

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 150: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 5

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page F 5 of 14

5 Limit Switch Assembly

Refer to Figure F2.

There are various methods to change a faulty limit switch:

• As a pair without mounting plat This is the recommended method (Figure F2)

• As a par with mounting plate. This is not recommended on Mk 2 equipment as removal of the mounting plate will release the cam follower return springs. However, where the mounting is damaged and requires renewal, the procedure shown in Section 6 should be used.

1 Ensure the necessary protection is provided using the procedures detailed in the Rule Book.

2 Remove detector cover.

3 Using a 13mm socket spanner, undo and remove the two nuts securing the limit switch bracket assembly to the mounting plate.

4 Remove the flanged bush and resilient washer from each side.

5 Gently ease the switch assembly way from the mounting plate (taking care not to damage cable cores) until it is possible to fit the replacement assembly.

Note: One resilient washers remains on stud.

6 Fit and secure the new assembly, taking care to align the resilient washers and flanged bush.

7 Change over cable terminations and straps (where applicable) individually.

8 Label faulty assembly.

9 Check that detection is correctly set as detailed in Part D Section 3.13.

10 Test in accordance with SMTH.

11 Test by operation from the signal box.

Terminal Block

Switch Bracket

Cable Support

Limit Switch

Figure F2

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 151: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page F6 of 14

6 Limit Switch Mounting Plate (Mk 2)

Refer to Figure F3.

1 Ensure the necessary protection is provided using the procedures detailed in the Rule Book.

2 Remove the limit switches as described in Section 5.

3 Using a 24mm socket spanner, undo and remove the two spring housing screws. Note that the LH cam follower has two springs, one inside the other, whilst the RH cam follower only ahs one spring.

4 Using a 6mm Allen key, undo and remove the four socket cap screws.

5 Gently ease the mounting plate assembly away from the body (taking care not to disturb the cam follower return springs).

6 Fit and secure the new mounting plate.

7 Using a 24mm socket spanner, refit the two spring housing screws ensuring the cam follower springs are correctly seated.

8 Change over cable terminations and straps (where applicable) individually.

9 Check that detection is correctly set as detailed in Part D Section 3.13.

10 Test in accordance with SMTH.

11 Test by operation from the signal box

Terminal Block

Switch Bracket

Cable Support

Limit Switch

Flanged Bush

Self Locking Nut

Resilient Washer

Spring Housing

Spring

Switch Mounting Plate

Figure F3

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 152: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 7

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page F 7 of 14

7 Locking Piece Refer to Figure F4 and to Figure F5. There are two types of locking piece: one for Mk 1 and one for Mk 2. The two types are not interchangeable. On Mk 2 equipment, the locking piece is reversible ( Figure F4). It is recommended that if a new face is to be used on these locking pieces, the old face should be marked with a chisel cut to identify that it is no longer in use. Earlier versions of the Mk 2 locking piece were formed of a bronze strip on a steel backing plate. Later versions are machined from one solid piece of bronze.

Figure F4

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 153: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page F8 of 14

1 Ensure the necessary protection is provided using the procedures detailed in the Rule Book.

2 Remove appropriate detector cover.

3 Remove and renew the two tab washers.

4 Undo and remove the two locking piece screws (19mm).

5 Slide out the locking piece and replace with new item (Figure F5).

6 Tighten the locking piece screws to a torque of 60Nm.

7 Carry out the FPL test.

8 Bend over the tab washers.

9 Test by operation from t he signal box.

Packing Plates

Locking PieceTab WasherScrews

Figure F5

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 154: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 9

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page F 9 of 14

8 Lock Arm, Detector Blade

and Drive Lock Slide

Refer to Figure F6.

The following procedure can be used to change a lock arm, detector blade or drive lock slide.

1 Ensure the necessary protection is provided using the procedures detailed in the Rule Book.

2 Fully open the switch and lock the opposite side.

3 At the drive lock slide end bracket, undo and remove the coupling bolt.

4 Close but do not lock the switch.

5 Remove the split pin from the "heel" end of the pivot pin.

6 Remove the split pins from the actuator on the side of the lock arm to be changed.

7 Withdraw the pivot pin clear of the detector blade and lock arm. (Note that when changing the LH lock arm, it may be necessary to ease the LH actuator out of the centre socket mounting to clear the centre thrust bracket lugs to allow withdrawal of the pivot pin.)

8 Push the tie bar and actuator assembly to the side to clear the drive lock slide (refer to * in Figure F6).

9 Withdraw the drive lock slide sufficiently to lift out the lock arm.

10 Insert the new lock arm/detector blade into the drive lock slide.

11 Push the drive lock slide/lock arm firmly into the lock body.

12 Assembly is the reverse of the above.

13 Check that detection is correctly set as detailed in Part D Section 3.13.

14 Carry out the FPL test.

15 Test by operation from the signal box.

Figure F6

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 155: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page F10 of 14

9 Switch Rail Bracket

Refer to Figure F7. 1 Ensure the necessary protection is provided using the procedures detailed in the Rule Book.

2 Remove the lock arm and detector blade using the procedure shown in Section F8.

3 Open the switch rail and remove the three switch rail bracket bolts.

4 Remove the switch rail bracket.

5 Fit the replacement bracket and tighten the bolts to torque of 250Nm.

6 Refit the lock arm and detector blade.

7 Carry out the FPL test.

8 Fully close and lock the switch and check that the switch opening is at a minimum of 105mm and that a 3mm clearance exists on the closed switch side. (If the switch opening is less than 105mm, or a 3mm clearance does not exist, carry out the installation procedure with regard to length of the stretcher bar, tie bar and actuator packings).

9 Check that detection is correctly set as detailed in Part D Section 3.13.

10 Test by operation from the signal box.

Switch RailBracket

Coarse packing

Lock Arm Pivot Pin

Point Toe

Taper Packing

Switch Rail Web

Figure F7

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 156: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 1

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page F 11 of 14

10 Lock Arm Detector Blade Common Bush

Refer to Figure F8.

1 Ensure the necessary protection is provided using the procedures detailed in the Rule Book.

2 Close and fully lock the switch rail. Remove the adjustable cam using the procedure shown in Section F11.

3 Fully open the switch rail.

4 Remove the detector blade lug out.

5 Remove the split pin from the "heel" end of the pivot pin.

6 Withdraw the pivot pin clear of the detector blade and lock arm.

7 Slide the lock arm and detector blade away from the switch rail.

8 Using a pair of external circlip pliers, remove the circlips from both ends of the common bronze bush.

9 Slide the lock arm d detector blade lug off the bush.

10 Fit the replacement bush, taking care to ensure that the circlips are correctly seated.

11 Reassembly is a direct reversal of the above procedure.

12 Check that detection is correctly set as detailed in Part D Section 3.13.

13 Carry out the FPL test.

14 Test by operation from the signal box.

Figure F8

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 157: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page F12 of 14

11 Adjustable Cam

Refer to Figure F9.

1 Ensure the necessary protection is provided using the procedures detailed in the Rule Book.

2 Close and fully lock the switch rail.

3 Undo and remove the detector blade locking out.

4 Slide the adjustable cam off the detector blade.

5 Replacement is a direct reversal of the above procedure (locking nut torque 100Nm). Note that it may be necessary to lift the RH cam follower to allow the new cam to be inserted.

6 Reset detection as detailed in Part D Section 3.13.

7 Test by operation from the signal box

Locking Nut

Figure F9

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 158: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 3

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page F 13 of 14

12 Locating Studs

Refer to figure F10

1 Ensure the necessary protection is provided using the procedures detailed in the Rule Book.

2 Slacken the lock and detector mechanism bolts but do not remove the nuts.

3 Ease the mechanism away from the rail.

4 The locating studs can now be prised out of the mechanism. If the studs are seized into the body then remove the locking piece and use a small punch to remove the studs.

5 Fit the replacement studs (steel) and refit the mechanism on the rail, ensuring that the studs seat correctly.

6 Reset the detection as detailed in Part D Section 3.13.

7 Carry out the FPL test.

8 Test by operation from the signal box.

Washer Plate

Adaptor Block

Special Bolt

Locating Stud

FB Vertical

Figure F10

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 159: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page F14 of 14

13 First Permanent Way Stretcher Bar

Two factors must be considered when renewing the first permanent way stretcher bar:

• The switch opening must be at least 105mm.

• The 3mm open switch clearance must be maintained.

However, both of these figures are related to the standard of the original installation and the amount of roadspread that has occurred. Assuming the installation was correct then, as roadspread occurs, the switch opening and the 3mm clearance will both increase (Figure F11).

3mm 3mm

Figure F11

The procedure shown below will ensure that the vital dimensions are maintained. However, where possible, the track gauge should be checked/restored before a new stretcher bar is fitted.

1 Ensure the necessary protection is provided using the procedures detailed in the Rule Book.

2 Remove the first stretcher bar and check the stretcher bar brackets for cracking.

3 Operate the points manually to close and lock the RH switch.

4 At the centre thrust bracket, undo and remove the two nuts on the actuator mounting sockets. Do not remove the bolts.

5 Using a large bar, push the drive lock slide on the closed switch side fully home.

6 Install and clamp the stretcher bar and ensure the switch opening is a minimum of 105mm. (If less than 105mm, carry out the installation procedure with regard to length of the stretcher bar, tie bar and actuator packings).

7 Refit the two nuts removed in step 4 (above).

8 Mark off, drill and re-install the stretcher bar.

9 Check that detection is correctly set as detailed in Part D Section 3.13.

10 Carry out the FPL test.

11 Test by operation from the signal box.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 160: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page G 1 of 3

Part G Run-throughs 1 Introduction

When a run-through occurs, the train forces the open switch closed and the closed switch open. This causes the lock arm to stretch (Figure G1) and the permanent way stretcher bars/brackets to become distorted (Figure G2). In very severe cases, the pivot pin on the switch rail bracket may also bend.

Correct Profile

Various Profilesafter points'Run-through'

Figure G1 Comparison of Lock Arm (Type A) after Run-through

202mm

204mm

208mm

215mm

Figure G2

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 161: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page G 2 of 3

If a run-through is suspected, the lock arm should be removed and examined for distortion between the centre of the pivot pin bush and the locking face. This dimension varies according to the type of lock arm. The latest supplies of lock arm have a straight line engraved on the outer face, which in the event of a run-through should appear “bent”. If a replacement lock arm is used for comparison, ensure the correct type (A, B, C, D, E or F) is used. Applications of the different lock arms are as shown below:

Type A: All leads other than below (202mm) Type B: Double slips (Inner switches) (200mm) Type C: 1 in 7½ and flatter switch diamonds (233mm) Type D: 1 in 5½ to 1 in 7½ switch diamonds (260mm) Type E6: UIC 54/113A plain leads (252mm) Type F6: Flat bottom inclined 110A or 113A (212mm) With Mk 2 equipment.

When the distorted lock arm is removed, use a chisel to mark the pivot pin bush and the locking face of the lock arm to prevent it being re-used. If a run-through is confirmed, it is not sufficient to change the lock arm and check the lock gauge. During virtually all “run-throughs” on clamp locks, the stretcher bar is distorted although it may not appear so. This causes the switch opening to be reduced, and in time may lead to a premature open switch detection failure. Further damage can occur to the stretcher bar brackets which will cause the switch rail to appear crippled. It may therefore be necessary to renew or reset these brackets, as crippled switches will cause regular point failures.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 162: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page G 3 of 3

2 Procedure

Following a Run-through

The following procedure should be adopted: 1 Change the lock arm and remove the first permanent way stretcher bar. 2 Check the stretcher bar brackets for distortion and the switch rail for signs of cripple. It is not uncommon for switch tips to the badly bent or broken. If switch tips are damaged, the Permanent Way Engineer must be asked to authorise corrective action or agree that the switch is safe for use. Note: Two factors must be considered when renewing the first permanent way stretcher bar: • The switch opening must be at least 105mm. • The 3mm open switch clearance must be maintained. However, both of these figures are related to the standard of the original installation and to the amount of roadspread that has subsequently occurred. Assuming the installation was correct, the switch opening and the 3mm clearance will both increase as roadspeed occurs (Figure G3).

3mm 3mm

Figure G3

This procedure will ensure that these vital dimension are maintained. However, where possible, the track gauge should be checked/restored before a new stretcher bar is fitted.

3 Operate points manually to close and lock the RH switch.

4 At the centre thrust bracket, undo and remove the two nuts on the actuator mounting sockets.

Do not remove the bolts.

5 Using a large bar, push the drive lock slide on the closed switch side fully home.

6 Install and clamp the stretcher bar and ensure the switch opening is a minimum of 105mm. (If less than 105mm, carry out the installation procedure with regard to length of the stretcher bar, tie bar and actuator packings.)

7 Refit the two nuts removed in step 4.

8 Mark off, drill and re-install the stretcher bar.

9 Check that detection is correctly set as detailed in Part D Section 3.13.

10 Carry out the FPL test.

11 Test by operation from the signal box.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 163: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 164: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page H 1 of 12

Part H Fault Finding 1 Introduction

This Part is a brief description of the procedure to be adopted when attending a clamp lock failure. It does not include drive circuits or line circuits, which are common to most power operated points.

It is presumed that the point drive circuits and the hydraulic power pack are functioning correctly.

To check the power pack, observe the hydraulic hoses for flexing and relaxing during

attempted power operation.

A single ended set of points will be considered. (For double ended points, check both ends.)

The following is by no means a complete list of all failures. It is designed to aid true fault location in order to prevent other adjustments or actions being used to overcome the failure.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 165: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page H 2 of 12

Figure H1 Flowchart

START

HAVE POINTS MOVED?

YES NO

HAVE POINTS UNLOCKED?

(DRIVE LOCK SLIDE MOVED 50MM)

HAVE POINTS COMPLETED TRAVEL?

HAVE POINTS LOCKED?

(DRIVE LOCK SLIDE FULLY THROUGH)

UP TO THIS POINT NO COVERS HAVE TO BE REMOVED.

ARE CLOSED SWITCH CAM

FOLLOWERS IN CORRECT POSITION

(LH DOWN, RH UP)

ARE OPEN SWITCH CAM

FOLLOWERS IN CORRECT POSITION

(LH DOWN, RH UP)

YESYES

YES

YES

YES

NONO

NO

NO

NO

SEE 4SEE 3 SEE 2

SEE 5

SEE 6 SEE 7

SEE 10

SEE 8 SEE 9

LH DOWN RH UP

LH UP RH DOWN

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 166: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page H 3 of 12

2 Points Fail to Unlock

Points failing to unlock may be caused by one or any combination of the following:

• Tight lock adjustment. Carry out FPL Test.

• Excessive springing of the switch along its length, which may be caused by a crippled switch, poor condition of the permanent way or the back stretcher bars being too short.

• Twisting of the switch (vertically). Check manually pumping the points until the top of the switch touches the stock rail. Then continue pumping and observe whether the bottom of the switch is pulled further towards the stock rail. Excessive twist must be referred to the Permanent Way Engineer.

• Tie bar being too long, not allowing the lock arm to be fully clear before the switch starts to open.

• Lack of lubrication.

• Lock arm seized on the pivot pin.

• Too much pressure on back-drive.

• Worn locking piece.

3 Points Unlock, but Fail to Move

Points failing to move may be caused by one of the following:

• Physical obstruction to the switches, eg. ballast, stock rail burred over the switch rail etc.

• Drive lock slide jammed, due to the fixed cam Allen screw or Spirol pin being loose.

4 Points Move, but Fail to Complete Travel

Points failing to complete travel may be caused by one of the following:

• Physical obstruction to switches, eg. ballast, stock rail burred over the switch rail etc.

• Drive lock slide jammed, due to the fixed cam Allen screw or Spirol pin being loose.

5 Points Fail to Lock

Points failing to lock may be caused by one of the following:

• Tight lock adjustment. Carry out FPL test.

• Drive lock slide jammed, due to the fixed cam Allen screw or Spirol pin being loose

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 167: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page H 4 of 12

6 Points Closed: LH Cam Follower UP

This condition may be caused by one of the following:

• Drive lock slide failed to complete full travel.

• Point detection incorrect. Re-adjust detection as described in Part D Section 3.13.

• LH cam follower physically obstructed.

• Roadspread causing the fixed cam to foul the LH cam follower. Check that the drive lock slide position is as shown in Part B Section 6.

7 Points Closed and Locked : RH Cam Follower Down

This condition should not occur.

Check the position of the adjustable cam and the physical condition of both the RH cam follower and the top surface of the adjustable cam.

8 Points Open: LH Cam Follower Down

This condition should not occur.

However, excessive switch opening, ie. more than 130mm, can cause problems of this nature. Also, check the position of the adjustable cam and the physical condition of both the LH cam follower foot and the top surface of the adjustable cam.

9 Points Open: RH Cam Follower Up

This condition may be caused by one of the following:

• Insufficient switch opening.

• RH cam follower physically obstructed.

• Adjustable cam incorrectly set.

• Reset detection as described in Part D Section 3.13.

10 Points Closed and Locked: All Cam Followers Correct

Up to this point, all checks have been visual. A meter must now be used to locate the failure.

The wiring diagrams should be used to locate the faulty assembly.

Once the faulty assembly has been located, use the meter to determine whether there is a disconnection in either one or both the feed and return lines.

If the disconnection is in one line only, a faulty contact can be expected.

If there is a disconnection in both lines, check the tappet screw adjustment, as this is the most likely case of failure, but an internal mechanical failure of the limit switch is also possible.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 168: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 5

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page H 5 of 12

11 Hydraulic System

The previous faults account for the majority of failures, although approximately 16% are caused by the hydraulic system, ie. power pack, actuator etc. For information on the hydraulic system, refer to Part B Section 10.

12 Detection Setting

In the event of a failure caused by incorrect setting of the detection, the full procedure shown in Part D Section 3.13 must be performed. This will ensure that the detection is reset to the correct parameters.

However, it may not be possible to set up some points as shown in Part D Section 3.13 and these will be prone to numerous detection failures. In most cases, this is caused by loss of travel on one or other of the cam followers (Figure H2).

FixedCam

Drive LockSide

Body

Figure H2

12.1 Loss of Travel on the Left Hand Cam Follower This can be caused by one or any combination of the following:

• Severe wear in the underside of the drive lock slide.

• Severe wear in the lock and detector sideways.

• Severe wear on the fixed cam.

• Severe wear on the adjustable cam.

• Severe wear on the cam follower foot.

• Cam follower seized on the pin.

• Roadspread, causing the fixed cam to obstruct the cam follower.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 169: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page H 6 of 12

12.2 Loss of Travel on the Right Hand Cam Follower

This can be caused by one or any combination of the following: • Severe wear in the underside of the drive lock slide.

• Severe wear in the lock and detector slideway. • Severe wear on the adjustable cam. • Severe wear on the cam follower foot. • Cam follower seized on the pin. • Insufficient switch opening, ie. less than 105mm.

13 Roadspread

13.1 Introduction Correctly installed clamp locks are unaffected by roadspread of up to 10mm even

spread (some being unaffected up to 30mm), ie, 5mm (to 15mm) on each rail.

In order to understand how the clamp lock copes with roadspread, it is first necessary to consider exactly what happens when the track gauge increase.

Roadspread occurs when the distance between the two stock rails increases. This may be caused by movement of one or both stock rails. In most cases, roadspread is not even, ie. one rail moves more than the other.

13.2 Switch Opening When roadspread occurs on the closed switch side of the points, the stock rail and its

associated switch rail move out. The two switches are tied together with permanent way stretcher bars, therefore the open switch also moves and the switch opening increases. When roadspread occurs on the open switch side of the points, the stock rail moves away from its associated switch rail and the switch opening again increases. Therefore, for every millimetre of roadspread, the switch opening increases by the corresponding amount.

13.3 Lock Adjustment The clamp lock is designed so that the lock adjustment is referenced between the

switch and its associated stock rail. This distance does not alter with roadspread and therefore the lock adjustment remains constant.

13.4 Drive Lock Slide Position The drive lock slide is connected to the actuator, and in turn to the centre thrust

bracket. When roadspread occurs, the drive lock slide position does not change. However, because the lock body is fastened to the stock rail, the body moves. The result is that relative movement occurs between the drive lock slide and the lock body. This movement is such that the slide starts to disappear into the body, although it is caused by the body moving outwards, and not by the slide movement.

It may be suggested that the actuator will extend further. This is not the case. If the actuator is correctly installed, it will always full extend, yet the slide will stop 3mm short of the lock arm (Figure H3).

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 170: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 7

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page H 7 of 12

Ram at StopNo further movement possible

Figure H3

Roadspread

13.5 Lock Arm Clearance Figure H4 shows the drive lock slide in its correct position with a 3mm clearance

between the slide and lock arm. When roadspread occurs, the stock rail and lock body move to the right, causing the 3mm clearance to increase.

3mm

Figure H4

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 171: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page H 8 of 12

13.6 Detection Figure H5 shows that the clearance between the leading edge of the fixed cam and

the LH cam follower foot should be between 8-15mm for Mk 2 (5-10mm for Mk 1). It is checked by operating the points manually and measuring the amount of drive lock slide travel required to break detection.

As the stock rail moves out, this clearance reduces and eventually disappears

completely, causing the cam follower to lift an break detection. At this point, the only safe method of dealing with the detection failure is for the

Permanent Way Engineer to restore the track gauge. Alteration to the actuator packing must not be attempted, as it increases

the risk of train derailment due to "wide to gauge" track.

See Above

Figure H5

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 172: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 9

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page H 9 of 12

14 Track Circuit Failures

14.1 Lock Arm/Drive Lock Slide Clearance (4-12mm) The clearance between the lock arm and the top surface of the drive lock slide

bracket should be 10mm (Figure H6). Track circuit failures will occur if this clearance is reduced to zero (on the same side as the sole plate insulations).

10 Nominal

Figure H6

Check by inserting a 4mm insulated gauge between the top of the drive lock slide end bracket and the under side of the lock arm. Ensure that a clearance of at least 4mm exists at this point.

Clearances of less than 4mm may be caused by one or any combination of the

following: • The switch rail being drilled too low.

• Stock rail drilled too high (Mk 2 only). • Stock rail not seated on the baseplate. • Incorrect adaptor blocks used (Mk 2 only). • Loose coupling bolts. • Bull Head taper packing fitted upside down. • Worn locating studs (Mk 1 only). • Misalignment of the lock body due to stock rails tilting outwards caused by the Permanent Way Engineering use of "BBRE 1989" slide chairs.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 173: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page H 10 of 12

Under no circumstances should lock arms be cut away to improve clearances.

If any wear or movement is detached around the insulating bushes (Figure H6), they must be changed to prevent a track circuit failure occurring.

If the clearance is greater than 12mm (Figure H6), it may indicate that the drive lock slide is misaligned, causing it to point down towards the centre of the track.

Drive lock slide misalignment may be caused by one or any combination of the following:

• The switch rail being drilled too high.

• The stock rail being drilled too low (Mk 2 only).

• The switch rail not seated on its slide chairs.

• Incorrect adaptor blocks used (Mk 2 only).

If the clearance is less than 4mm or greater than 12mm, identify the cause and rectify.

14.2 Coupling Bolt Track circuit failures have occurred due to the pin in the coupling bolt head working

loose. This pin can then become trapped between the top of the drive bracket and the underside of the lock arm.

Coupling bolt heads are fitted with Spirol or dowel pins which engage in a slot in the top fork of the drive bracket. The pin is provided to prevent the coupling both from turning as its nut is tightened.

Figure H7 shows drive bracket with slots machined into them for this purpose. Where profiles A or B exist, the slot is machined right trough the drive bracket coupling. Profile C is produced using a circular cutter and, as a result, is an extra long slot with a curved bottom.

Profile A ensures that the pin is completely captive.

Profile B permits some movement of the pin but prevents it from disengaging.

Profile C offers only slight resistance to the pin becoming completely detached.

If the slot is cut as Profile C, check that the pin is correctly located. If not, it should be punched into position. The pin should protrude approximately 6mm. No action is required where Profiles A and B exist.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 174: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 1

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page H 11 of 12

Figure H7

Profile C

Profile B

34mm

Profile A

30.5mm

CouplingBolt

Spirol or Dowel Pin

Drive Bracket

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 175: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RT0774 Issue One

Date August 1995

Page H 12 of 12

14.3 Hydraulic Hose Connections Other track circuit failures have occurred because of non-insulated hydraulic hoses

(a metal braid is used throughout the length of the hose for added strength. Figure H8 shows a layout of two clamp lock operated points with individual track

circuits (single rail). Because the actuators are attached to the centre thrust bracket (bolted to the soleplate) and the hydraulic hoses can conduct, the power packs are at the same potential as the track circuit TC2. If the two power packs came into contact (eg. the lids opened), the track circuit current will flow through the hoses and power packs and return via the common rail causing the relay to de-energise.

The cause of this failure originates from the initial installation of the soleplates. Had

the soleplate insulations both been positioned nearest to the track circuit rail, the fault would not have occurred.

TC1

TN RB

TB RN

RB RN

TC2

Soleplate Insulations

Figure H8

Similar problems can occur where the power packs are mounted on a common metallic base (steel bridges etc.).

These problems can be alleviated by the use of insulated hydraulic hoses.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 176: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 1 of 54

Part J Pointcare

1 Introduction Pointcare is a strategy for point maintenance. Fundamental to it is a joint approach by a team, with both signal engineering and permanent way competences, undertaking regular maintenance to higher standards, ie. A more "numerate" specification than at present.

The Pointcare Service will only be undertaken by competent persons who have passed the appropriate training course(s) and who have been issued with the appropriate documentation, specialised tools and gauges etc.

The details recorded at the Pointcare Service will be monitored, together with additional data recorded from subsequent service visits. Hence, it should be possible to discern changes in key tolerances and values, and take the appropriate action in order to prevent failures occurring.

Information gained from more detailed analysis of the Pointcare Service Records will be used to update and modify the service items. It may be possible to utilise such data in improving design criteria.

The Pointcare Service introduces additional checks and tolerances to provide a higher standard of maintenance. It also includes the tests that are carried out in the existing Signalling Maintenance Specifications.

There are two stages to the Pointcare Service:

• The Pre-inspection: To be carried out 4 - 6 weeks before the Pointcare Service. • The Service To be carried out in a pre-planned possession of the points. Each stage has its own checklist; these are shown later.

Where possible, all installations should be maintained to Pointcare Standards. Where it is not possible to install to the standard, a decision shall be made by a designated Manger whether work should be carried out.

Existing key junctions should be brought up to Pointcare Standards.

When a Pointcare Service is performed for the first time, it may involve major adjustment or renewals, but subsequent visits should require less work.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 177: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 2 of 54

2 Pre-inspection

This is a joint inspection to be carried out with the Permanent Way Engineer, and will normally take place on a weekday during intervals between traffic. The object of this inspection is to identify parts that may require renewal or major adjustment in the Pointcare Service. Careful inspection at this stage will mean that you will be fully equipped with both the tools and spares that are required on the day of Pointcare Service. It should be noted that the Pre-inspection is only an inspection of the equipment (ie. Taking measurements and a general examination). And will not require possession of the points for more than a few minutes. Note that the paragraph numbers in Section 2 refer to the numbers on the Pointcare Pre-inspection Record Form (Figure J1). IMPORTANT: Before staring work, the relevant parts of the Rule Book must be applied. Isolate the machine by setting the Hydraulic Power Unit to "Manual".

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 178: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 3 of 54

Pointcare Maintenance Pre-inspection Record Form: Rail Clamp Point Lock Mk1/Mk2* (delete as appropriate)

Signal Box _______________________________ Point Identification __________________________ Point Type _______________________________

Checks for Mk1 Checks for Mk2

No. General LH RH No. General LH RH

1 Locating Stud Wear (5mm Gauge) 3 6 Lock Arm (Free on Bush) 3

2 Lock Body (Cracks in Sideplates) 3 7 Detector Blade Lug (Free On Bush) 3

3 Lock Body Spiral Pins (Flush Fit) 3 8 Lock Arm/Detector Blade Lug (Free On Pivot Pin) 3

4 Lock Arm//Detector Blade Lug Bush(Free On Pivot Pin) 3 9 Lock Arm/Detector Blade Lug (Bronze Bush Condition) 3

5 Lock Arm/Detector Blade Lug Bush (Rubber Bush Condition) 3

* Checks for Mk1 & Mk2 No. Description LH RH

10 Force-Down Lock Arm Fitted 3

11 Fixed Cam Security 3

12 Drive Lock Slide Vertical Play (10mm Max) 3

13 Switch Opening (105-110mm (82-87mm from Switch Diamonds)) mm

14 Pivot Pin Alignment 3

15 Lock Arm/Drive Lock Slide Clearance (4-12mm) 3

16 Lock Arm/Drive Lock Slide Clearance (3-6mm) 3

17 Actuator Stroke (210mm Max) mm

18 Tie Bar/Actuator Clearance (3mm Min) 3

19 Tappet Screws (25mm Max) 3

20 Locking Piece Fine Packing (4mm Max) mm

21 Lock Body Internal Wiring & Terminations 3

22 Type Of Power Pack (Smiths Or Vickers) S/V

23 Power Pack Internal Wiring & Terminations 3

24 Supplementary Detector Internal Wiring & Terminations 3

25 Supplementary Mechanical Drive Crank Vertical Play (10mm Max) 3

26 Supplementary Hydraulic Drive Condition 3

27 Point Heaters 3

Comments__________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________

___

Signatures Date

…………………………………………….

Signal Engineer

/ /

…………………………………………….

Permanent Way Engineer

/ /

Figure J1

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 179: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 4 of 54

2.1 (Mk 1 Only) Locating Stud Wear (5mm Gauge) This check is only applicable to Mk 1 equipment fitted on 113A flat bottom vertical rail (refer to Figure J2).

Insert the 5mm end of the FPL gauge between the lock body and the foot of the rail. The gauge should be seen to reach the locating stud. If it is not possible to insert the 5mm gauge, then the locating studs are badly worn, causing misalignment of the lock body. The studs must therefore be replaced on the Pointcare Service.

Washer Plate

Adaptor Block

Special Bolt

Locating Stud

FB VERTICAL

5mmGauge

Figure J2

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 180: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 5

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 5 of 54

2.2 (Mk 1 Only) Lock Body (Cracks in Sideplates) A number of instances have occurred in which the body frames of clamp locks have fractured in service (refer to Figure J3). These fractures are believed to result from the development of fatigue cracks in the body material. The body should be visually examined for cracks in the sideplates as detailed in Special Instruction Notice 006. Lock bodies which have cope holes and are not stamped 'P, 'RP' or 'W' have been found to be more prone to fracture failure. Although greater attention should be given to a lock body which has cope holes and is not stamped with the letters 'P', 'RP' or 'W', all lock body types must be examined.

If any cracks are detected or suspected, the rail clamp point lock must be treated as defective. In these circumstances, the points must be clipped and the Signalman and Supervisor should be informed accordingly. Check that the support bracket is secure and not damaged (refer to Part K Section 3).

Mounting Bolt Holes

Locking PieceBolt Holes

Locating StudHoles

Cracks in Plate

Cracks in Plate

Mounting Bolt Holes

Locking PieceBolt Holes

Locating Stud Holes

Locking PieceAperture

Cover Retaining Pin Hole

Figure J3

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 181: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 6 of 54

2.3 (Mk 1 Only) Lock Body Spiral Pins (Flush Fit)

The lock body should be examined for signs of movement between the sideplates and the main casting, which may be caused by slackening of the body bolts (due to elongated bolt holes) and/or failure of the Spiral pins (refer to Figure J4).

The Spiral pins must be a flush fit, if they protrude into the lock body, they may come into contact with the drive lock slide fixed cam and thereby cause a failure. If there is any doubt, the lock body should be changed on the Pointcare Service.

Spirol Pins (4No)Spirol Pins tobe flush withlock body

Figure J4

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 182: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 7

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 7 of 54

2.4 (Mk 1 Only) Lock Arm/Detector Blade Lug (Free On Pivot Pin) On the open switch side, make sure that the lock arm and detector blade are free to move on the pivot pin.

2.5 (Mk 1 Only) Lock Arm/Detector Blade Lug (Rubber Bush Condition) Carefully examine the condition of the lock arm and detector blade lug rubber bushes for signs of collapsing or deterioration (refer to Figure J5).

Lock Arm Bush

Figure J5

2.6 (Mk 2 Only) Lock Arm (Free On Bush) On the open switch side, check that the lock arm is free to pivot on its bush (refer to Figure J6).

Pivot Pin

A6 Lock Arm

CommonBush

DetectorBlade

Figure J6 2.7 (Mk 2 Only) Detector Blade Lug (Free On Bush) On the open switch side, check that the detector blade lug is free to pivot on its bush (refer to Figure J6). 2.8 (Mk 2 Only) Lock Arm/Detector Blade Lug Bush (Free On Pivot Pin)

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 183: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 8 of 54 On the open switch side, make sure that the

lock arm and detector blade lug bush is free to move on the pivot pin (refer to Figure J6). 2.9 (Mk 2 Only) Lock Arm/Detector Blade Lug (Bronze Bush Condition)

2.10 Force-down Lock Arm Fitted Check that both lock arms (Refer to Figure J7) are of the Force-down type, as follows:

On Mk1 equipment, Force-down is identified by a letter 'L' stamped on the lock arm and the drive lock slide. On Mk2 equipment, Force-down is standard and is identified by 'A6' stamped on the lock arm and the drive lock slide. If the Force-down type is not fitted, the points must be converted to Force-down on the Pointcare Service.

Force-down

Figure J7

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 184: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 9

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 9 of 54

2.11 Fixed Cam Security The fixed cam is fastened to the drive lock slide with a Spirol pin and a socket screw (refer to Figure J8). If either of these works loose, the drive lock slide may jam inside the lock body. To detect this problem, insert a large screwdriver between the drive lock slide cam and the lock body, and exert a sideways pressure to check that the cam is firmly attached to the drive lock slide. If any movement of the cam (relative to the drive lock slide) is detected, the drive lock slide should be renewed at the Pointcare Service. If, however, the movement is severe, the drive lock slide must be removed for further examination.

Socket Head Cap Screw

Drive Lock Slide

Leading Edge

Spirol Pin

Cam

Fouling Point

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 185: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 10 of 54

Figure J8

2.12 Drive Lock Slide Vertical Play (10mm Max) Using a small bar on the open switch slide, lift the drive lock slide and ensure that the vertical free play is not greater than 10mm (Refer to Figure J9).

Excessive free play indicates that the lock body and drive clock slide are badly worn and are likely to cause detection failures. If there is more than 10mm of vertical movement in the drive lock slide, the lock body and drive lock slide must be changed on the Pointcare Service.

10mm max

Figure J9

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 186: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 1

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 11 of 54

2.13 Switch Opening (105 - 110mm (82 - 87mm for Switch Diamonds)) Measure the switch opening directly above the lock arm (refer to Figure J10) and ensure that it is between 105mm and 110mm (82mm and 87mm for switch diamonds. If the opening is less than 105mm (82mm for switch diamonds), it will be necessary to renew the first permanent way stretcher on the Pointcare Service. If the opening is more than 110mm (87mm for switch diamonds) and the track gauge is correct, it will also be necessary to remove the first permanent way stretcher on the Pointcare Service. In this case, it may also be necessary to renew the tie bar and re-check/reset the actuator packings. However, if the switch opening is 105mm plus any track gauge roadspread, it is not necessary to renew the permanent way stretcher.

Figure J10

105110

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 187: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 12 of 54

2.14 Pivot Pin Alignment At one end of the pivot pin, use 8" callipers to measure the distance between the "4 foot" side of the pin and the outer edge of the stock rail (refer to Figure J11). Repeat at the opposite end of the pivot pin. If the difference between the two measurement is more than 1.5mm, the pivot is misaligned to the body. This is caused either by the taper packing not being fitted when it should be or vice versa or by a crippled switch rail. If caused by taper packing, correction of this problem will involve re-installing the points during the Pointcare Service with the necessary taper packing in order to align the pivot pin correctly.

Figure J11

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 188: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 3

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 13 of 54

2.15 Lock Arm/Drive Lock Slide Clearance (4 - 12mm) The clearance between the lock arm and the top surface of the drive lock slide bracket should be nominally 10mm (refer to Figure J12). Track circuit failures will occur if this clearance is reduced to zero (on the same side as the sole plate insulations).

Figure J12

10mmNominal

Insert a 4mm insulated gauge between the top of the drive lock slide end bracket and the under-side of the lock arm. Ensure that a clearance of at least 4mm exists at this point. Clearance of less than 4mm may be caused by one or any combination of the following: • The switch rail drilled too low. • The stock rail drilled too high (Mk 2 only). • The stock rail not seated on the baseplate. • Incorrect adaptor blocks used (Mk 2 only). • Loose coupling bolts. (Also, the pin on the coupling bolt not sitting correctly in its slot in the drive bracket (refer to part H Section 14)). • Bull Head taper packing fitted upside down. • Warm locating studs (Mk 1 only). • Misalignment of the lock body due to stock rails tiling outwards caused by the Permanent way Engineers use of "BBRE 1989" slide chairs.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 189: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 14 of 54

Taking care not to shunt the track circuit, check that the clearance does not exceed

12mm by sing the insulated 4mm gauge together with the 8mm supplementary detection gauge. If the clearance is greater than 12mm, it may indicate that the drive lock slide is misaligned, causing it to point down towards the centre of the track.

Drive lock slide misalignment may be caused by one or any combination of the following:

• The switch rail drilled too high. • The stock rail being drilled too low (Mk 2 only). • The switch rail not seated on its slide chairs. • Incorrect adaptor blocks used (Mk 2 only).

If the clearance is less than 4mm or greater than 12mm, then identify the cause and arrange for it to be rectified on the Pointcare Service. If any wear or movement is detected around the insulating bushes or, in Third Rail areas, any signs of burning are visible, then the bushes must be changed on the Pointcare Service.

2.16 Lock Arm/Drive Lock Slide Clearance (3 - 6mm) To check these clearances, push on the open switch lock arm to ensure that it swings freely upwards. On the closed switch, insert a 3mm clearance checking gauge between the drive lock slide and the lock arm (refer to Figure J13). If these clearances are less than 3mm, the tie bar and actuator packing must be reset on the Pointcare Service. If these clearances are more than 6mm and the track gauge is correct, the tie bar and actuator pickings must be reset on the Pointcare Service. If these clearances are more than 6mm and the track gauge is incorrect, the clearances must be re-checked after the Permanent Way Engineer has restored the track gauge on the Pointcare Service. If the clearances are still incorrect, the tie bar and actuator packings must again be reset.

6mm3 6mm3

Figure J13

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 190: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 5

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 15 of 54

2.17 Actuator Stroke (210mm Max) The maximum working stroke of a hydraulic actuator must not exceed 210mm. Over-stroking actuators can cause internal damage, which results in the end cap falling out. Measure the distance between two suitable reference points (A), e.g. the actuator cover and drive lock slide and bracket (refer to Figure J14). Operate the points to the opposite position and measure between the same two reference points (B). The difference between the two measurements (A - B) is the actuator stroke. If the actuator is stroking more than 210mm, the actuators and tie bar must be reset on the Pointcare Service. However, if the switch opening is also incorrect, the permanent way stretcher bar must be renewed.

A

Figure J14

B

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 191: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 16 of 54

2.18 Tie Bar/Actuator Clearance (3mm Min) Insert a 3mm gauge between the top of the tie bar and the underside of the actuator packings at the centre thrust bracket (Refer to Figure J15). Ensure that a clearance of at least 3mm exists at this point. If the clearance odes not exist, check the following: • The packing plate not fitted under the centre thrust racket (only fitted when heater pads fitted). • The tie bar fitted upside down or drilled too low. • The switch rail drilled too low. • The stock rail drilled too high (Mk 2 only). • The stock rail not seated on the baseplate. • Incorrect adaptor blocks used (Mk 2 only). • Worn locating studs (Mk 1 only). • Misalignment of the lock body due to stock rails tilting outwards caused by the Permanent Way Engineer's use of "BBRE 1989" slide chairs. Take remedial action on the Pointcare Serve

Tie Bar

3mm min

Figure J15

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 192: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 7

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 17 of 54

2.19 Tappet Screws (25mm Max) Insert the 4 x 25mm insulated gauge against each of the tappet screws and ensure that neither tappet screw is longer than 25mm (refer to Figure J16). Tappet screws that are longer than 25mm indicate severe wear in the cam followers or the lock body, and the lock body should be changed on the Pointcare Service.

25mm

Figure J16 2.20 Locking Piece Fine Packing (4mm Max) dentify the amount of fine packing (thin plate: 0.6mm, thick plate: 1.6mm) behind each locking piece (refer to Figure J17). If the fine packing behind the locking piece is more than 4mm, locate the cause of the problem and arrange for it to be rectified on the Pointcare Service. More than 4mm of packing could be caused by one, or any combination of the following: • Worn locking piece. • Worn locating studs. • Worn lock arm (locking face and/or pivot pin bush). • Stretched (run through) lock arm. • Severe wear on the inner edges of the switch and stock rail.

Fine Packing

Locking Piece

Figure J17

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 193: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

1 8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 18 of 54

2.21 Lock Body Internal Wiring & Terminations Carefully examine the security of all terminations, the cable entries and the condition of all wiring and insulation inside both bodies. (On Mk 1 equipment, pay particular attention to terminals K & L in the Klippon block on top of the limit switches.).

If any defects are found, arrange for correction, either immediately or on the Pointcare Services.

2.22 Type of Power Pack (Smiths or Vickers) Identify the type of power pack used on the points. Old Smiths two port power packs do not provide the standard of hydraulic lock required by Pointcare. Note that some have been modified such that they are adequate.

If an old Smiths two port power pack is fitted, arrange to have a Vickers pack or a Smiths four part pack available on the Pointcare Service so that the pack can be changed if there are any signs of a leak in the hydraulic system.

2.23 Power Pack Internal Wiring & Terminations Carefully examine the security of all terminations, the cable entries an the condition of all wiring and insulation inside the power pack.

If any defects are found, arrange for correction, either immediately or on the Pointcare Service.

2.24 Supplementary Detectors Internal Wiring & Terminations Carefully examine the security of all terminations, the cable entries and the condition of all wiring and insulation inside the supplementary drive detectors.

If any defects are found, arrange for correction, either immediately or on the Pointcare Service. See also GK/RC0772.

2.25 Supplementary Mechanical Drive Crank Vertical Play (10mm Max) Examine each supplementary drive mechanical crank for wear.

Check for wear by holding the long arm of the crank and moving it up and down Ensure that the vertical free play is not greater than 10mm.

2.26 Supplementary Hydraulic Drive Condition Check the condition of all equipment and hydraulic connections.

2.27 Point Heaters Where electric point heaters are fitted, check that oil heaters are plugged into the harness and that none of the heater cables is damaged.

Report any defects to the Plant Engineer, so that the heaters will be in working order on the Pointcare Service.

On Mk 1 bodies examine the heater mounting stud bolts.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 194: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1 9

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 19 of 54

3 The Service IMPORTANT:

Before starting work the relevant parts of Section E of the Rule Book must be applied.

Isolate the machine by turning the hydraulic power unit to "Manual".

Disconnect all out-going and in-coming detection links and all power pack links at the lineside apparatus case.

Note that the paragraph numbers in Section 3 refer to the numbers on the Pointcare Service Record Form (see Figure J18).

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 195: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 20 of 54

Pointcare Service Record Form: Rail Clamp Point Lock Mk1/Mk2* (delete as appropriate)

Signal Box ________________________________ Point Identification _________________________________

Point Type ________________________________

Service Items for Mk1 Service Items for Mk2

No. General LH RH No. General LH RH

1 Locating Stud Wear (5mm Gauge) 3 7 Lock Body Serial Number 3

2 Lock Body (Cracks in Sideplates) 3 8 Drive Lock Slide Position 3

3 Lock Body Spiral Pins (Flush Fit) 3 9 Lock Arm (Free on Bush) 3

4 Detector Blade Alignment 3 10 Detector Blade Lug (Free On Bush) 3

5 Lock Arm//Detector Blade Lug (Free On Pivot Pin) 3 11 Lock Arm/Detector Blade Lug Bush (Free On Pivot Pin) 3

6 Lock Arm/Detector Blade Lug (Rubber Bush Condition) 3 12 Lock Arm/Detector Blade Lug (Bronze Bush Condition) 3

Service Items for Mk1 Mk2

No. General LH RH No. Locking LH RH

13 SMS PB11 & PB15 Additional Items 3 44 Switch Rail Bracket Coarse Packing mm

14 Point Heaters 3 45 Locking Piece Wear (1mm Max) 3

15 Torque Settings 3 46 FPL (Drive Lock Slide Fails by 30mm Min: 3.5min Gauge) mm

16 Lubricate All Working Surfaces 3 47 FPL (Drive Lock .Side Completes Travel: 1.5mm Gauge) 3

17 Force-Down Lock Arm Fitted 3 48 Locking Piece Fine Packing (4mm Max) mm

18 Fixed Cam Security 3 49 Lock Body Internal Wiring And Terminations 3

19 Drive Lock Slide Vertical Play (10mm Max) 3 Electrical

20 Switch Opening (105-110mm (82-87mm for Sw Dia)) mm 50 Detection Cable Loop Resistance (10? Max) Ω

21 Pivot Pin Alignment 3 51 Detection Cable Insulation Resistance (2M? Min) Ω

22 Lock Arm/Drive Lock Slide Clearance (4-12mm) 3 52 Detection Feed Voltage (50V Min) V

23 Lock Arm/Drive Lockslide Clearance (3-6mm) 3 53 NKR/RKR Relay Voltage (45V Min) V

24 Actuator Fully Extended mm 54 Power Pack Cable Insulation Resistance (2M? Min) Ω

25 Actuator Stroke (210mm Max) mm Power Pack N R

26 Tie Bar/Actuator Clearance(3mm Min) 3 55 Power Pack Internal Wiring And Terminations 3

27 Supplementary Mech. Rive Crank Vertical Play (10mm Max) 3 56 Power Pack Insulation Resistance (2M? Min) Ω

28 Supplementary Hydraulic Drive Condition 3 57 Normal/Reverse Drive Current (10A Max) A

29 Flangeway Clearance (50mm Min) mm 58 Motor Running Voltage (100V Min) V

30 Supplementary Drive Excess Motion (5mm Min) mm 59 Motor Brush Length (12mm Min) mm

31 Supplementary rive Switch Clearance (1.5mm Min) 3 60 Filter Cup Nut (Vickers Only) 3

61 Normal/Reverse Drive Hydraulic Pressure (75bar Max) bar

32 Adjustable Cam (No Thread Showing) 3 62 Normal/Reverse "AT Rest" Hydraulic Pressure (85-105bar) bar

33 LH Tappet (Detection Made: 1.5mm, Broken: 2mm) 3 63 Normal/Reverse "AT Rest" Hydraulic Pressure (Steady) 3

34 LH and RH Tappets Level (Points Open 25mm) 3 64 Normal/Reverse Hydraulic Pressure (On Power) 3

35 Tappet Screws (25mm Max) 3 Final Checks LH RH

36 Detector Blade (Detection Broken : 4mm Gauge) 3 65 Torque Settings 3

37 Detector Blade (Detection Made : 2.5mm Gauge) 3 66 WJR Time-Out (6-9 secs) S

38 LH Tappet (Detection Re-check) 3 67 Functional Test to Signal Box 3

39 Travel (Detection Breaks 5-10mm (Mkl), 8-15mm (Mk2)) mm Signature Date

40 Open Switch Detection (95mm Min (76mm For Sw Dia)) mm

41 Supplementary Detection (Made: 1.5mm, Broken: 2mm) 3

42 Supplementary Detection (Made: 6mm, Broken: 8mm) 3 …………………………………………………………….

43 Supplementary Detectors Internal Wiring & Terminations 3 Signal Engineer

Comments __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Signature _______________________________________________Date / /

Signal Engineer

Figure J18

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 196: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 2 1

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 21 of 54

3.1 (Mk 1 Only) Locating Stud Wear (5mm Gauge) Locating studs are only fitted when the lock body is installed on 113A flat bottom vertical rail. Insert the 5mm end of the FPL gauge between the lock body and the foot of the rail (refer to Figure J19). The gauge should be seen to reach the locating stud. If it is not possible to insert the 5mm gauge, the locating studs are badly worn, causing misalignment of the lock body. The studs must be replaced.

Washer Plate

Adaptor Block

Special Bolt

Locating Stud

5mm Gauge

FB VERTICAL

Figure J19

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 197: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 22 of 54

3.2 (Mk 1 Only) Lock Body (Cracks in Sideplates) The body should be visually examined for cracks in the sideplates, as detailed in Special Instruction Notice 006 (refer to Figure J20). Greater attention should be given to a lock body which has cope holes and is not stamped with the letters 'P', 'RP' or 'W', although this does not mean that other body types need not be examined. If any cracks are detected or suspected, the clamp lock must be treated as defective and the lock body concerned must be renewed.

MountingBolt Holes

Locking PieceBolt Holes

LocatingStud Holes

Cracks inPlate

Cover RetainingPin Hole

Locking Piece Aperture

MountingBolt Holes

Locking PieceBolt Holes

LocatingStud Holes

CracksCracks

Figure J20

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 198: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 2 3

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 23 of 54

3.3 (Mk 1 Only) Lock Body Spirol Pins (Flush Fit) The lock body should be examined for signs of movement between the sideplates and the main casting, which may be caused by slackening of the body bolts (due to elongated bolt holes) and/or failure of the Spirol pins. The Spirol pins must be a flush fit (refer to Figure J21). If they protrude into the lock body, they may come in contact with the drive lock slide fixed cam and cause failure. If there is any doubt, the lock body should be changed.

Figure J21

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 199: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 24 of 54

3.4 (Mk 1 Only) Detector Blade Alignment

Check that the detector blade is correctly assembled as shown in Figure J22.

If the assembly is incorrect, undo the nut on the detector blade lug, remove the pivot pin and turn the detector blade lug over. Re-assemble correctly

Correct Assembly Wrong Assembly

Detector Blade

8mm Offset

Lug

Detector Blade

Lug

Lug in line withthis edge

Figure J22 3.5 (Mk 1 Only) Lock Arm/Detector Blade Lug (Free On Pivot Pin) On the open switch side, make sure that the lock arm and detector blade are free to move on the pivot pin. 3.6 (Mk 1 Only) Lock Arm/Detector Blade Lug (Rubbish Bush Condition) Carefully examine the condition of the lock arm and detector blade lug rubber bushes for signs of collapse or deterioration (refer to Figure J23). Renew as necessary.

Figure J23

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 200: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 2 5

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 25 of 54

3.7 (Mk 2 Only) Lock Body Serial Number Record the serial number, marked on the lower side of each lock body. 3.8 (Mk 2 Only) Drive Lock Slide Position The drive lock slide protrudes from the rear of the body by approx. 25mm when the points are fully locked (refer to Figure J24). Measuring along the tope face of the lock slide, determine the amount of slide protruding from the body. If there is less than 25mm of slide showing, this can be caused by either roadspread or incorrect setting of the lock arm clearances. Figure J24 3.9 (Mk 2 Only) Lock Arm (Free On Bush) On the open switch side, check that the lock arm is free to pivot on its bush (refer to Figure J25).

Pivot Pin

A6 Lock Arm

Common Bush

Detector Blade

Figure J25 3.10 (Mk 2 Only) Detector Blade Lug (Free On Bush On the open switch side, check that the detector blade lug is free to pivot on its bush (refer to Figure J25). Note: To check the detector blade freedom, it is necessary to slacken the nut on the detector blade lug.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 201: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 26 of 54

3.11(Mk 2 Only) Lock Arm/Detector Blade Lug Bush (Free On Pivot

Pin) On the open switch side, check that the bush is free to move on the pivot pin (refer to Figure J25).

3.12 (Mk 2 Only) Lock Arm/Detector Blade Lug (Bronze Bush Condition) Carefully examine the condition of the lead bronze bush for signs of excessive wear or deterioration (refer to Figure J25).

Renew as necessary.

3.13 SMS PB11 & PB15 Additional Items The following items of SMS's PB11 and PB15 must be carried out as part of the Pointcare Service:

• Remove all fire risks and potential obstructions to the equipment, e.g. waste paper and ballast. (PB11 2.2).

• Examine the lock and detector mechanism assembly, switch rail bracket assembly, turned pins, split pins, fixing bolts, nuts, bolts, set screws and washers. (PB11 2.3).

• Clean and examine exposed parts of all working surfaces on the lock arm, fixed cam, adjustable cam, cam adjusting screw, locking piece, cam followers, drive bracket, drive lock slide and slideway (PB11 2.6, 2.11, 2.18).

• Examine centre thrust bracket, tie bar, drive bracket, actuators, split pins, fixing bolts, nuts, bolts and washers. (PB11 2.26).

• Brush, wash and examine the actuator covers. (PB11 3.2).

• Examine actuator hoses for chafing, fire damage and security. If adjustment is necessary, do not over-tighten. (PB15 2.6).

• Clean, wash and examine the casing of the hydraulic power unit. (PB15 3.2).

• Clean the interior of the hydraulic power unit. (PB15 3.3).

• Examine the power unit mounting, manual control selection mechanism and solenoid valve block. (PB15 3.4, 3.5, 3.6).

3.14 Point Heaters Where electric point heaters are fitted, check that all heaters are plugged into the harness and the heater cables are not damaged. Report any defects to the Plant Engineer. On Mk 1 bodies, examine the heater mounting stud bolts.

3.15 Torque Settings Using the torque spanners, tighten all bolts to the torque setting shown below:

Lock body and switch rail bracket bolts 250Nm.

Locking piece screws 60 Nm.

Detector blade lug 70 Nm.

Detector blade locking nut 100 Nm.

Tie bar bolts 100 Nm.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 202: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 2 7

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 27 of 54 Actuator socket mounting bolts

100 Nm. 3.16 Lubricate All Working Surfaces Lubricate all working surfaces with the approved lubricant. Reference should be made to the current standard for the approved lubricant. At the time of writing, a typical example is Rocol Clamp Lock Spray. 1 Lubricate all working surfaces on the lock arm, fixed cam, adjustable cam, cam followers, locking piece and drive lock slide (Figure J26). 2 Lubricate the lock arm and detector blade lug at the point of pivot on the switch rail bracket pin (Figure J26). Do not lubricate the cam follower pivot pin or the drive lock slide end bracket. 3 Lubricate all padlocks with approved lock lubricant. 4 Lubricate the hinges on the power pack lid and the manual control linkage in the power pack with mineral oil.

Figure J26

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 203: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 28 of 54

3.17 Force-down Lock Arm fitted Check that both lock arms are Force-down type. On Mk 1 equipment, Force-down is identified by a letter 'L' stamped on the lock arm and drive lock slide. On Mk 2 equipment, Force-down is standard. If Force-down is not fitted, the points must be converted to Force-down.

Force-down

Figure J27

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 204: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 2 9

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 29 of 54

3.18 Fixed Cam Security The fixed cam is fastened onto the drive lock slide with a Spirol pin and a socket screw. If either of these works loose, the drive lock slide may jam inside the lock body (refer to Figure J28). To detect this problem insert a large screwdriver between the drive lock slide cam and the lock body and exert a sideways pressure to check that the cam is firmly attached to the drive lock slide. If any movement of the cam relative to the drive lock slide is detached, the drive lock slide should be renewed. Figure J28

Cam

Spirol PinSocket Head Cap Screw

Drive Lock Slide

Leading Edge

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 205: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

3 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 30 of 54

3.19 Drive Lock Slide Vertical Play (10mm Max) Using a small bar on the open switch side, lift the drive lock slide and ensure that the vertical free play is not greater than 10mm (refer to Figure J29). Excessive free play indicates that the lock body or drive lock slide is badly worn and likely to cause detection failures if not renewed. If there is more than 10mm of vertical movement in the drive lock slide, the lock body and drive lock slide must be replaced.

10mm Max

Figure J29

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 206: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3 1

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 31 of 54

3.20 Switch Opening (105 - 110mm (82 - 87mm for Sw Dia)) Measure the switch opening directly above the lock arm (refer to Figure J30) and ensure it is between 105mm and 110mm (82mm and 87mm for switch diamonds). If the opening is less than 105mm (82mm for switch diamonds) renew the first permanent way stretcher. If the opening is more than 110mm (87mm for switch diamonds) and the track gauge is correct, renew the first permanent way stretcher. In this case, it may also be necessary to renew the tie bar and re-check/set the actuator packings. However, if the switch opening is 105mm (82mm for switch diamonds) plus any track gauge roadspread, it is not necessary to renew the permanent way stretcher. Re-check the switch opening after the Permanent Way Engineer has restored the track gauge. If it is still incorrect, renew the permanent way stretcher. Record the switch opening.

105110

Figure J30

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 207: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

3 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 32 of 54

3.21 Pivot Pin Alignment At one end of the pivot pin, use 8" callipers to measure the distance between the "4 foot" side of the pin and the outer edge of the stock rail. Repeat at the opposite end of the pivot pin (refer to Figure D35). If the difference between the two measurements is more than 1.5mm, the pivot is misaligned to the body. This is caused by either the taper packing not being fitted when it should be or vice versa, or a crippled switch rail. Correction of this problem will involve re-installing the points with the necessary taper packing to align the pivot pin correctly.

Figure J31

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 208: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3 3

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 33 of 54

3.22 Lock Arm/Drive Lock slide Clearance (4 - 12mm) The clearance between the lock arm and the top source of the drive lock slide bracket should be nominally 10mm (refer to NO TAG). Track circuit failures will occur if this clearance is reduced to zero (on the same side as the sale plate insulations).

10mmNominal

Figure J32 Insert a 4mm insulated gauge between the top of the drive lock slide and bracket and the under-side of the lock arm. Ensure that a clearance of at lest 4mm exists at this point. Clearances of less than 4mm may be caused by one or any combination of the following: • The switch rail drilled too low. • The stock rail drilled too high (Mk 2 only). • The socket rail not seated to the base plate. • Incorrect adaptor blocks used (Mk 2 only). • Worn locating studs. (Mk 1 only). • Loose coupling bolts (Also, the pin on the coupling bolt not sitting correctly in its slot in the drive bracket (refer to Part H Section 14)). • Bull head taper packing fitted upside down. • Misalignment of the lock body due to stock rails tilting outwards caused by the Permanent way Engineer sing "BBRE 1989" slide chairs. If the clearance is greater than 12mm, it may indicate that the drive lock slide is misaligned, causing it to point down towards the centre of the track.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 209: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

3 4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 34 of 54

Drive lock slide misalignment may be caused by one or any combination of the following:

• The switch rail drilled too high.

• The stock rail drilled too low (Mk 2 only)

• The switch rail not seated on its slide chairs. • Incorrect adaptor blocks used (Mk 2 only). If the clearance is less than 4mm or greater than 12mm, identify the cause and rectify. If any wear or movement is detected around the insulating bushes or, in Third Rail areas, any signs of burning are visible, the bushes must be changed. 3.23 Lock Arm/Drive Lock Slide Clearance (3-6mm) To check these clearances, push on the open switch lock arm and ensure that it swings freely upwards. On the closed switch, insert a 3mm clearance checking gauge between the drive lock slide and the lock arm (refer to Figure J33). If these clearances are less than 3mm, reset the tie bar and actuator packings. If these clearances are more than 6mm and the track gauge is correct, the tie bar and actuator packings must again be reset. If these clearances are more than 6mm and the track gauge is incorrect, re-check after the Permanent Way Engineer has restored the track gauge. If they are still incorrect, reset the tie bar and actuator packings. Resetting the clearances (Plain lead layout) If the LH clearance is too large, the spacing collars at the centre thrust bracket must be decreased. However, if the RH clearance is correct the shim packings must be increased by the same amount. If the LH clearance is too small, the converse applies. If the RH clearance is too large, the shim packings at the centre thrust bracket must be increased without affecting the LH clearance. If the RH clearance is too small, the converse applies.

Figure J33

6mm3 6mm3

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 210: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3 5

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 35 of 54

3.24 Actuator Fully Extending Operating from the power pack, pump each actuator to its limit. Remove the actuator covers and measure the distance between the vertical edges of the drive bracket and the actuator outer body (refer to Figure J34). If this dimension is less than 219mm, the actuator is not fully extending and the actuator packings and tie bar must be reset. Service items 23 (3.23) must be repeated.

219mm Min

Figure J34

3.25 Actuator Stroke (210mm Max) The maximum working stroke of a hydraulic actuator must not exceed 210mm. If the actuators are over-stroking or not fully extending as in service item 24 (3.24), damage occurs, which will cause the end cap to fall out (refer to Figure J35).

With the points closed and locked, measure the distance between two suitable reference points (A), eg. the actuator cover and the drive lock slide end braket.

Operate the points to be opposite position and measure between the same two reference points (B).

The difference between the two measurements (A - B) is the actuator stroke.

If the actuator is stroking more than 210mm, the actuators and tie bar must be reset.

However, if the switch opening is more than 105mm and the track gauge is correct, the first permanent way stretcher must also be renewed.

Record the actuator travel.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 211: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

3 6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 36 of 54

A

Figure J35

B

3.26 Tie Bar/Actuator Clearance (3mm Min) Insert a 3mm gauge between the top of the tie bar and the underside of the actuator packing at the centre thrust bracket. Ensure that a clearance of at least 3mm exists at this point (refer to Figure J36). If the clearance does not exist, check the following: • Packing plate not fitted under the centre thrust bracket. (Only fitted when heater pads fitted). • Locating studs badly worn (Mk 1 only). • Misalignment of the lock body due to stock rails tilting outwards caused by the Permanent Way Engineer using "BBRE 1989" slide chairs. • Tie bar fitted upside down or drilled too low. Take remedial action as necessary.

Tie Bar

3mm Min

Figure J36

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 212: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3 7

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 37 of 54

3.27 Supplementary Mech. Drive Crank Vertical Play (10mm Max) Examine each supplementary drive mechanical crank for wear. Check for wear by holding the long arm of the crank and moving it up and down. Ensure that the vertical free play is not greater than 10mm. Severely worn components must be replaced. Refer to GK/RC0772. 3.28 Supplementary Hydraulic Drive Condition Check the condition of all equipment and hydraulic connections. Replace as necessary. Refer to GK/RC0772. 3.29 Flangeway Clearance (50mm Min) The supplementary drives should be adjusted to give a minimum 50mm Flangeway clearance. Refer to GK/RC0772.

3.30 Supplementary Drive Excess Motion (5mm Min) The supplementary drives should be adjusted to give a minimum 5mm excess motion clearance at each supplementary drive. Refer to GK/RC0772. 3.31 Supplementary Drive Switch Clearance (1.5mm) The supplementary drives should be adjusted so that each switch can be closed, without exerting pressure, such that a 1.5mm gauge can just be inserted in the gap between the switch and stock rails. Refer to GK/RC0772. 3.32 Adjustable Cam (No Thread Showing) Operate the points to close and lock one side and ensure that the drive lock slide completes its travel. When making setting adjustments, ensure that the adjustable cam on the detector blade is positioned so that it does not obstruct the fall of the cam follower ie. the adjusting screw is fully wound into the point detection cam and the drive lock slide is in the correct position (refer to Figure J37). Connect a meter on the resistance scale across terminals K & B and check that detection is made (closed circuit). If not, screw the tappet screw into the cam follower until detection is obtained.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 213: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

3 8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 38 of 54

Figure J37

3.33 LH Tappet (Detection Made: 1.5mm, Broken: 2mm.) Operate the points to close and lock one side. Ensure that the lock is fully engaged and the drive lock slide has completed its stroke.

Slacken the detector blade locking nut 1/16th of a turn and turn the adjusting screw on

the adjustable cam clockwise until it reaches the adjustable cam so that no thread is visible. Check that the "point closed and locked" (LH) cam follower has fully dropped to the "back contacts made" position. Connect a meter (resistance scale) across terminals K & B, and check that a closed circuit is indicated. If not, screw the tappet screw into the cam follower until a closed circuit is obtained. Insert a 2mm gauge between the tappet screw and the LH limit switch plunger (bevelled edge facing up) and adjust the tappet screw until the back contacts are just broken and the meter indicates open circuit (Figure J38). If the limit switch can be heard to "click" but the meter reading indicates that the contacts are still closed, this could be due to an alternative path via the detection circuit strapping. (This usually occurs at the first lock body from the feed.) To prevent this, ensure the RH limit switch front contacts re made (;plunger in). Remove the 2mm gauge and insert a 1.5mm gauge (bevelled edge facing up) and check that the back contacts are made (meter indicates a closed circuit). If not, screw the tappet screw into the cam follower until a closed circuit is obtained, and then re-check with the 2mm gauge. Tighten tappet screw lock nut and re-check.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 214: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3 9

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 39 of 54

2mm or 1.5mm Gauge

Point ClosedLH Cam Follower

Figure J38

3.34 LH and RH Tappets Level (Points Open 25mm) Operates the points manually to open the switch rail approximately 25mm and adjust the tappet screw on the RH (point open) cam follower to come level with the tappet screw on the LH (point closed) cm follower (refer to figure J39). Re-close and lock the points and carry out the adjustment of the point detection.

Point openRH Cam Follower

25mm

Figure J39

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 215: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 40 of 54

3.35 Tappet Screws (25mm Max) Insert the 4 x 25mm insulated gauge against each of the tappet screws and ensure that neither tappet screw is longer than 25mm (refer Figure J40). Tappet screws longer than 25mm indicate severe wear in the cam followers or the lock body and the lock body should be changed.

25mm

Figure J40

3.36 Detector Blade (Detection Broken: 4mm Gauge) This adjustment should only be made when the tappet screws are correctly set. The adjustment is made with the relevant switch rail closed and locked. The adjustment required is such that the back contacts of the LH limit switch just break with the switch rail open 4mm at the lock, but remain made with the switch rail open 2.5mm. Insert the 4mm gauge between the detector blade lug and the shoulder of the connecting eye and tighten the nut (Figure J41). If the previous operations have been followed, a closed circuit will be indicated across terminals K & B. Slacken the detector blade locking nut 1/16 th of a turn and turn the adjusting screw on the adjustable cam anti-clockwise until detection just breaks and the meter indicates open circuit. Tighten the lock nut.

4mm or 2.5mm Gauge

LH Limit Switch

DetectorBlade Lug

Detector Blade

LH Cam Follower

AdjustingScrew

Lock Nut

Figure J41

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 216: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 4 1

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 41 of 54

3.37 Detector Blade (Detection Made: 2.5mm Gauge) Remove the 3mm gauge and insert the 2.5mm gauge in its place (refer to Figure J41). The detection should be made, ie the meter indicates a closed circuit. If not, return to service item 32 (3.32). Remove the 2.5mm gauge and tighten the detector blade lug to a torque of 70Nm and the detector blade lock nut to a torque of 100Nm, whilst preventing the adjusting screw from rotating. 3.38 LH Tappet (Detection Re-check) It is now necessary to re-check the setting of the LH tappet screw. With the switch rail closed and locked and the drive lock slide at the limit of its stroke, a small gap should be observed between the LH cam follower tappet screw and its limit switch plunger bottom. With the meter connected across terminals K & B, check that detection breaks (open circuit) when a 2mm gauge is inserted in this gap, but remains made (closed circuit) when a 1.5mm gauge is inserted (refer to Figure J42). The above operation is to ensure that the tappet clearance has not altered during the adjustment of the point detection. If incorrect, return to service item 32 (3.32).

2mm or 1.5mm Gauge

Point ClosedLH Cam Follower

Figure J42

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 217: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 42 of 54

3.39 Travel (Detection Breaks:5-10mm (Mk 1), 8 - 15mm (Mk 2)) With the meter connected to terminals K & B, operate the points manually to unlock. The LH limit switch back contacts should break when the drive lock slide has moved between 8mm and 15mm (5mm and 10mm for Mk 1) and remain broken throughout the rest of the stroke (refer to Figure J43). Measure the amount of travel required to break detection. If the detection is breaking at less than 8mm (5mm for Mk 1) or more than 15mm (10mm for Mk 1), it could be caused by either roadspread or incorrect setting of the actuators. In either case, the lock arm/drive lock slide clearance (3 - 6mm) will be incorrect. See service item 23 (3.23).

8mm - 15mm

Figure J43

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 218: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 4 3

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 43 of 54

3.40 Open Switch Detection (95mm Min (76mm for Sw Dia)) Connect the meter to terminals K & F and operate the points manually to close the opposite switch rail. The RH limit switch back contacts should first make when the toe of the switch rail has moved not less than 95mm (76mm for switch diamonds) from the stock rail and remain made to the fully open position of the switch rail (refer to Figure J44). At the toe, measure the switch opening required to obtain detection. If a value of less than 95mm is obtained, either the adjustable cam or the RH tappet is incorrectly set.

95mm Min

Figure J44

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 219: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 44 of 54

3.41 Supplementary Detection (Made: 1.5mm; Broken: 2mm) Ensure that one switch rail is fully closed against its stock rail and that the detector cam is fully seated into the notch on the detector slides. Insert a 1.5mm gauge between the tappet screw and the limit switch plunger (see Figure J45) and check that detection is made. Adjust the tappet screw as necessary. Replace the 1.5mm gauge with a 2mm gauge and check that detection is broken. If an adjustment is necessary, re-check that detection is made with the 1.5mm gauge inserted. Tighten the tappet screw lock nut and re-check. See also GK/RC0772.

1.5mm or 2mm Gauge

2 5

Figure J45

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 220: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 4 5

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 45 of 54

3.42 Supplementary Detection (Made: 6mm, Broken: 8mm) Supplementary detectors should be adjusted so that when the 6mm end of the gauge is inserted between the switch and stock rails, the detection remains made, but when the 8mm end of the gauge is inserted, the detection is broken (refer to Figure J46). Insert the 6mm end of the gauge between the switch and the stock rail at a point in line with each supplementary detector stretcher; check that detection is made. Adjust the relevant threaded end of the forked connection rod to correctly position the associated detector blade as necessary. Replace the 6mm end of the gauge with the 8mm end and check that detection is broken. If an adjustment is necessary, re-check that detection is made with the 6mm end of the gauge inserted. Repeat at each supplementary detector for each lie of the points. See also GK/RC0772.

6/8mm Gauge

Figure J46 3.43 Supplementary Detectors Internal Wiring and Terminations Carefully examine the security of all terminations, the cable entries and the condition of all wiring and insulation inside the supplementary detectors. Correct any defects. Refer to GK/RC0772.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 221: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 46 of 54

3.44 Switch Rail Bracket Coarse Packing Identify the amount of coarse packing behind each switch rail bracket (thin plates: 1.6mm, thick plates: 3mm) (refer to Figure B20).

Coarse Packing

Figure J47 3.45 Locking Piece Wear (1mm Max) Remove the locking piece and examine for wear. If any wear marks are deeper than 1mm, the locking piece must be renewed.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 222: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 4 7

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 47 of 54

3.46 FPL (Drive Lock Slide Fails by 30mm Min: 3.5mm Gauge) Insert a 3.5mm FPL gauge between the toe of the switch rail and the stock rail at a point in line with the first slide chair bolt (refer to Figure J48). Operating manually, ensure that the drive lock slide in the closed switch mechanism fails to complete its travel by at least 30mm. If the lock arm engages, the minimum amount of fine packing must be inserted behind the locking piece until the lock arm fails to engage. Record the distance by which the drive lock slide fails.

Mk 1 Equipment Mk 2 Equipment

Figure J48

3.5mmFPL Gauge

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 223: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 48 of 54

3.47 FPL (Drive Lock Slide Completes Travel: 1.5mm Gauge) Insert a 1.5mm gauge between the switch and stock rail in line with the lock arm and ensure that the rive lock slide completes its travel (refer to Figure J49). If the lock arm fails to engage with the 1.5mm gauge inserted, it indicates that the lock arm adjustment is too tight. In this case, remove the minimum amount of fine packing shims from behind the locking piece. To achieve this remove a 0.6mm shim or if not possible, replace a 1.6mm shim with a 0.6mm shim. Recheck the lock adjustment using the 3.5mm gauge. If it is not possible to achieve both the 3.5mm and 1.5mm test requirements, the original fine packing shims should be restored and the 1.5mm test be ignored.

Mk 2 EquipmentMk 1 Equipment

1.5mm Gauge

Figure J49

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 224: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 4 9

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 49 of 54

3.48 Locking Piece Fine Packing (4mm max) Refer to Figure J50. Identify the amount of fine packing behind each locking piece (thin plates: 0.6mm, thick plates: 1.6mm). If it is more than 4mm, locate and rectify the problem, which could be caused by one or any combination of the following: • Worn locking piece. • Worn locating studs (Mk 1 equipment on 113A rail). • Worn lock arm (locking face and/or pivot pin bush). • Stretched (run through) lock arm. • Severe wear on the inner edges of the switch and stock rail. Note: The coarse packing should only require changing if the fit of the switch rail to the stock rail alters or the initial installation was incorrect. If the coarse packing is increased to compensate for the above problem, the stretcher bar should be reset to maintain the correct switch opening, see service item 20 (3.20) and tie bar/actuator packing reset to maintain the 3 - 6mm clearances, see service item 23 (3.23). The detection must also be reset as shown in service items 32 - 40 (3.32 - 3.40) Record the amount of fine packing. Figure J50

Locking Piece

Fine Packing

Coarse Packing

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 225: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

5 0 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 50 of 54

3.49 Lock Body Internal Wiring and Terminations Carefully examine the security of all terminations, the cable entries, and the condition of all wiring and insulation inside both lock bodies. (On Mk 1 equipment, pay particular attention to terminals K & L in the Klippon block on top of the limit switches.) Correct any defects.

3.50 Detection Cable Loop Resistance (10Ω Max) It should be noted that this testing is only a sample and not a complete test of all conductors.

A continuity loop of greater than 10Ω indicates excessive resistance in the detection circuit and must be located and rectified.

Two cases apply, depending on whether the detection is 2-wire or 4-wire:

2 Wire Detection Ensure the out-going and in-coming detection links are disconnected at the lineside apparatus case.

With the points normal:

Conductor 1 (out-going) to conductor 1 (in-coming) Conductor 2 (out-going) to conductor 2 (in-coming).

Record the highest value

With the points reverse:

Conductor 1 (out-going) to conductor 2 (in-coming) Conductor 2 (out-going) to conductor 1 (in-coming)

Record the highest value.

Restore the detection links.

4-Wire Detection Ensure the out-going and in-coming detection links are disconnected at the location.

With the points normal:

Conductor 1 (out-going) to conductor 1 (in-coming) Conductor 2 (out-going) to conductor 2 (in-coming)

Record the highest value.

With the points refers:

Conductor 3 (out-going) to conductor 3 (in-coming) Conductor 4 (out-going) to conductor 4 (in-coming)

Record the highest value.

Restore the detection links.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 226: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 5 1

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 51 of 54

3.51 Detection Cable Insulation Resistance (2MΩ Min) It should be noted that this testing is only a sample and not a complete test of all conductors.

An insulation resistance of less than 2MΩ indicates excessive leakage and must be located and rectified.

Two cases apply, depending on whether the detection is 2 wire or 4 wire:

2 Wire Detection Ensure the out-going and in-coming detection links are disconnected at the location cupboard.

With the points normal:

Conductor 1 to earth Conductor 2 to earth Conductor 1 to conductor 2

Record the lowest value.

With the points reverse:

Conductor 1 to earth Conductor 2 to earth Conductor 1 to conductor 2

Record the lowest value.

Restore the detection links.

4 Wire Detection Ensure the out-going and in-coming detection links are disconnected at the location.

With the points normal:

Conductor 1 to earth Conductor 2 to earth Conductor 1 to conductor 2

Record the lowest value.

With the points reverse:

Conductor 3 to earth Conductor 4 to earth Conductor 3 to conductor 4

Record the lowest value.

Restore the detection links.

Note that Sections 3.52 and 3.53 do not apply to Reed or SSI detection. Also, where the detection voltage is 110V ac, read 110V for 50V and 100V for 45V.

3.52 Detection Feed Voltage (50V Min) Measure and record the detection voltage on the out-going KR links. If this voltage is below 50V, investigate cause and repair.

3.53 NKR/RKR Relay Voltage (45V Min) With the points normal, measure and record the NKR voltage on the in-coming KR links. Repeat with the points reverse, measuring the RKR voltage. If either reading is below 45V investigate cause and repair.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 227: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

5 2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 52 of 54

3.54 Power Pack Cable Insulation Resistance (2MΩ Min) With the power pack cable disconnected at the location cupboard and the power pack switch set to the "Manual" position, test the insulation of each conductor to earth and to all other conductors. If values of below 2MΩ are found, disconnect the cable from the power pack and re-test both cable and power pack separately. Identify the faulty component and repair/replace as necessary. Record the lowest value. 3.55 Power Pack Internal Wiring and Terminations Carefully examine the security of all terminations, the cable entries and the condition of all wiring and insulation inside the power pack. Correct any defects. 3.56 Power Pack Insulation Resistance (2MΩ Min) With the power pack cable disconnected at the location cupboard and the power pack switch set to the "Power" position, test the insulation of each conductor to the case of the power pack only. If values of below 2MΩ are found, identify the faulty component and repair/replace as necessary. Record the lowest value. Restore the power pack cable links. 3.57 Normal/Reverse Drive Current (10A Max) Measure and record the normal and reverse drive current to the power pack motor.

The current should not peak at more than 10A. If a reading of greater than 10A is obtained, it may indicate a partial short circuit in the power pack motor. Investigate cause and repair. 3.58 Motor Running Voltage (100V Min) At the power pack, measure and record the point motor voltage with the points running. The voltage should not be less than 100V. Values of less than 100V indicate high resistance in the cable or contractor contacts. Investigate for cause and repair. 3.59 Motor Brush Length (12mm Min) Remove the motor brushes (Vickers power pack: four; Smiths power pack: two) and measure the length of each brush. If any brush is less than 12mm in length, renew all the brushes. Record the length of the shortest brush. Ensure that the brushes slide freely in their holders and seat fully on the comutator, which should be a light coffee colour.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 228: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 5 3

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 53 of 54

3.60 Filter Cup Nut (Vickers Only) Ensure that the large nut on the side of the valve block is secure. 3.61 Normal/Reverse Drive Hydraulic Pressure (75bar Max) When driving, hydraulic pressures should not exceed 75bar, although they will vary from point end to point end. Pressures of more than 75 bar indicate excessive weight on the points, which must be located and rectified. Using a 'T piece', connect the hydraulic pressure gauge, in turn, to the Normal/Reverse hydraulic outlet on the power pack and, operating manually, measure and record the pressure required to unlock, throw and lock the points in both Normal and Reverse positions. 3.62 Normal/Reverse "At Rest" Hydraulic Pressure (85 - 105bar) Operating manually with a hydraulic pressure gauge connected, ensure that the pressure at the end of travel peaks at not more than 105bar nor less than 85bar. Pressures outside these values indicate that the pressure relief valve in the power pack is incorrectly set and the power pack must be renewed. 3.63 Normal/Reverse "At Risk" Hydraulic Pressure (steady) Operating manually with a hydraulic pressure gauge connected, ensure that the "At Rest" pressure remains steady for at lest one minute. Loss of pressure indicates a faulty power pack or leaking hydraulic hoses/actuators. If a Smiths power pack is fitted and there is loss of pressure, it may be caused by the non-return valves in the pack. Renew the power pack as necessary. 3.64 Normal/Reverse Hydraulic Pressure (On Power) Operating from the Signalbox, ensure that similar values/results as in service items 61, 62 and 63 (3.12.4, 3.62 and 3.63) are obtained. Remove the pressure gauge, secure new locking wires and check that the level of hydraulic fluid is within 6mm of the top of the reservoir. Top up as necessary. Technicians should report the following to the supervisor: • Any units that are found leaking, even if the fault was rectified.

• Any units that require more than one litre of fluid. 3.65 Torque Settings Using the torque spanners, re-check all bolts to the torque settings shown below:

Lock body and switch rail bracket bolts 250Nm.

Locking piece screws 60Nm.

Detector blade lug 70Nm.

Detector blade locking nut 100Nm.

Tie bar bolts 100Nm.

Actuator socket mounting bolts 100Nm.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 229: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

5 4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page J 54 of 54

3.66 WJR Time-out (6-9 secs) Obstruct the open switch blade and operate the points from the Signalbox. Ensure that the WJR takes aprox. 6-9 seconds to operate. If the time is outside these limits, replace the time relay (WJR)

Record the approximate time-out. 3.67 Functional Test to Signal Box If any wiring has been disconnected, carry out a full functional test as described in the "Signalling Works Testing Handbook". Test by operation from the signal box and observe that the apparatus functions correctly.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 230: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page K 1 of 6

Part K Associated Equipment 1 Mk 1 Clamp Lock Body Heater

1.1 General The Assembly is an aluminium thermal pad with an element embedded within the block, which is secured to the clamp lock body with M12 studs locked by tab washers. The heater comes as a complex kit ready for installation.

The Signal Engineer is responsible for the installation and subsequent replacement of the studs but only the initial installation of the heaters. Heater testing, replacement and renewals are the responsibility of the Electrification Engineer.

Prior to fitting the heater assembly, arrangement must be made to work on the points, as stated in the Rule Book.

The serial number of the heater and date of fitting must be recorded and passed to the Electrification Engineer.

Two heaters are required for each point end and should be positioned with the heater cable pointing towards the existing heater harness, as shown in figure K1

Note that the fitting position utilises the four bolt holes nearest to the “4 foot”, ie. the innermost position.

Heater Position when PowerSupply is in the "4 foot"

Heater Position when Power Supply is in the "6 foot" or Cess

Figure K1

Cable 2.5mm2 (f) Multicore

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 231: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page K 2 of 6

The components and general order of assembly is shown in Figure K2.

Heater 'Tab'

'Pip'Lock Slide

Locking Plate

Double StudLocking Nut

Washer

Note The double stud must be tightened secure- ly into the clamp lock body side before the ‘Tab’ & ‘Pip’ of the locking plate are bent as shown above

Figure K2

On existing clamp lock installation fitted with a second drive take-off, the rod may foul the heater mounting studs (Figure K3)

Figure K3

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 232: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page K 3 of 6

1.2 Pre-forming The Locking Plate Before proceeding to site, it is essential that the locking plate is pre-formed as indicated below. A bench vice must be used to make the bends; a pair of pliers will not be suitable. Use a suitable packing piece when inserting into the vice to avoid buckling the lower tab when the vice jaws are closed.

Bend the “tab” of the locking plate at right angles to the plate itself. Ensure that the 7mm (+ 1mm) dimension is correctly achieved. (Figure K4).

Bend the “pips” of the locking plate to an angle approximately 45º, taking care not to deform the tab setting. Ensure that the pips are bent in the opposite direction to that of the tab. (Figure K4).

Figure K4

Tab

7mm

Pips

Use a suitable packingpiece when insertinginto vice to avoid bucklingthe lower tab when thevice jaws are closed.

Tab

Pips

Bend 45o

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 233: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page K 4 of 6

I.3 Installation Clean the side of the clamp lock body before commencing installation. Check that the Spirol pins are not protruding out of the body on the side where the heater will be fitted. If any pins are protruding, drive them in flush with the body side. Check that the Spirol pins do not penetrate inside the body, as this will foul the movement of the drive slide. If any pins protrude on the inside of the body, they must be replaced by 7/8” long x 7/16” dia.Spirol pins. Replacement must be done one pin at a time, using the new pin to push out the old pin. Finally, ensure that any new pin fitted is flush with the body size and does not protrude inside the clamp lock body. Select the heater position with respect to the supply harness (refer to Figure K1). The sequence of bolt removal/stud fitting shown in Figure K5 is designed to ease installation.

1234Heater Block

Figure K5

Unbend the original locking plate between bolts numbered 1 and 2. Remove bolt No.1 completely. Unscrew bolt No. 2 just sufficiently to enable the old locking plate to be pushed to one side. (It will not be required for re-use with the studs). Note that each stud will have its own locking plate which has a “tab” on one side and two “pips” on the other. Fit the stud and new locking plate of bolt No.1. Note that the shorter screw of the stud fits into the clamp lock body, the heater fits over the longer screw.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 234: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 5

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page K 5 of 6

Ensure the “tab” of the locking plate fits over the top of the body size. Tighten the stud securely and bend the two pre-formed “pips” over the hexagon of the stud to lock it in place. Remove bolt No.2 and discard the old locking plate. Fit a stud with the “tab “ of the locking plate underneath the body. Tighten the stud and bend the two “pips” over the hexagon. Repeat the procedure for bolt Nos 3 and 4. Position the heater block on the four studs, ensuring that a good contact is made between the heater block and the body side. If the heater block does not fit as specified above, it should be removed and the cause investigated and rectified. Place a washer and lock-nut onto each stud and tighten to secure the heater block. The heater cable should be placed between the body side and the flexible 50/0.25mm cable from the cable gland in the clamp lock body mechanism. Connect the heater to the supply harness using the spare socket provided or by using a “two-way” T adaptor socket. Heater Failure In the event of a heater failure, the complete heater must be changed. No attempt must be made to separate the heater element from the block.

2 Mk 2 Clamp Lock Body Heater

On Mk 2 equipment, clamp lock body heaters are of the cartridge type, which are normally fitted by the Plant & Machinery Department. Each clamp lock body has one 200W cartridge heater inserted through the hole in the side of the body, and is secured on place by a star-lock washer (Figure K6).

Cartridge HeaterStar-Lock Washer

Figure K6

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 235: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page K 6 of 6

3 Mk 1 Clamp Lock

Support Bracket

By 1988, it was becoming evident that increased speed was causing occasional failures in the fabricated Mk 1 body. Generally these were weld failures, though some plate failures are known.

A support bracket was designed which, when correctly fitted, was 10mm below the bottom if the body. In the event of body failure, the bracket allowed the body to fall sufficiently to break detection, but not far enough to allow the points to become unlocked. It was initially recommended that the brackets be fitted in the normally close side of facing points and switch diamonds where speeds exceeded 40mph. By 1989, approximately 60 bodies (out of 11,000) had failed and though all had been identified by regular crack detection or detection failure, two bodies had fallen off the rail. This led to the introduction of an emergency support bracket fitting programme in March 1989. Brackets had to be fitted to all facing points, with priority being given to sites over 60mph. If a bracket is fitted and has to be removed, and the Mk 1 body is not replaced with a Mk 2 cast body, ensure that the bracket is replaced correctly. A typical installation is shown in Figure K7.

RH SupportBracket LH Support

Bracket

10mm Nominal200mm Min

Figure K7

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 236: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page L 1 of 9

Part L Parts List

1 Mk 1 Spares 86/32135 - Locking piece.

86/32206 - Locating stud (steel)

88/746 - Lock arm (Type A3 – with force-down

(LM Region modification)

See section 4 for additional spares.

2 Mk 2 Packages 2.1 Railway Cat No 86/32002 Package for one plain lead point end Flat Bottom vertical switch consisting of:

86/32113 - Lock and detector Assembly 2

86/32059 - Switch Rail Bracket Assembly (A6) 2

86/32309 - Adaptor Block Assembly (Type FBV) 2

86/32270 - Taper Packing FB (Type A) 2

86/32002 - Tie Bar (Type A) 1

86/32220 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type A) 1

86/32050 - Drive lug 1

2.2 Railway Cat No 86/32001 Package for one plain lead point end Flat Bottom inclined switch consisting of:

86/32113 - Lock and Detector Assembly 2

86/32383 - Switch Rail Bracket Assembly (F6) 2

86/32313 - Adaptor Block Assembly (Type FB1) 2

86/32270 - Taper Packing FB (Type A) 2

86/32002 - Tie Bar (Type A) 1

86/32220 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type A) 1

86/32005 - Drive lug 1

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 237: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page L 2 of 9

3 Mk 1 Spares 3.1 Stock Rail Equipment

86/32113 - Lock and Detector Assembly

86/32304 - Locking Piece

86/32309 - Adaptor Block Assembly (Type FBV)

86/32313 - Adaptor Block Assembly (Type FBI)

86/32081 - Adaptor Block Assembly (Type BHI “Chamfer Cut “)

86/32087 - Adaptor Block Assembly (Type BHI “Straight Cut”)

86/32337 - Adaptor Block Assembly (Type FBV/FVDC Switch Diamonds 1 in 17 and flatter)

86/32372 - Adaptor Block Assembly (Type FBI/FIDC Switch Diamonds 1 in 17 and flatter)

3.2 Switch Rail Equipment

86/32059 - Switch Rail Assembly (Type A6)

86/32334 - Switch Rail Assembly (Type B6)

86/32339 - Switch Rail Assembly (Type SDI (LH) C6)

86/32340 - Switch Rail Assembly (Type SDI (RH) C6)

86/32345 - Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD2 (LH) D6)

86/32346 - Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD2 (RH) D6)

86/32358 - Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD3 (LH) C6)

86/32364 - Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD3 (RH) C6)

86/32385 - Switch Rail Assembly (Type E6)

86/32382 - Switch Rail Assembly (Type F6)

3.3 Lock Arms and Detector Blades

86/32327 - Lock Arm (Type A6)

86/32336 - Lock Arm (Type B6 (DSL))

86/32344 - Lock Arm (Type C6)

86/32349 - Lock Arm (Type D6)

86/32388 - Lock Arm (Type E6)

86/32383 - Lock Arm (Type F6)

86/32328 - Detector Arm Bush (lead bronze)

86/32329 - Detector Blade Lug (Type A6)

86/32395 - Detector Blade (Type A)

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 238: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 3

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page L 3 of 9

3.4 Centre Thrust Brackets

86/3220 - (Type A)

86/32245 - (Type B1)

86/32377 - (Type B2)

86/32247 - (Type DSL)

86/32393 - (Type E) 4 Mk 1 and Mk 2

Equipment

The components listed below can be used on either Mk 1 or Mk 2 equipment.

86/32002 - Tie Bar (Type A)

86/32026 - Tie Bar (Type B)

86/32141 - Shim 0.6mm (for locking piece)

86/32142 - Shim 1.6mm (for locking piece)

86/32215 - Plate Packing 1.6mm (for switch rail bracket)

86/32216 - Plate Packing 3mm (for switch rail bracket)

86/32770 - Tapered Packing (Type A)

86/32232 - Cam adj.long

86/32242 - Cam adj. Short (Switch Diamonds)

86/32316 - Switch and Terminal Block Assembly

86/32333 - Drive Lock Slide *

86/32050 - Drive Lug

55/27011 - Bush flanged insulating bolt coupling

86/32138 - Locking Piece Tab Washer

86/32139 - Locking Piece Screw

86/32121 - Disconnection Box

88/02444 - Cable 4c 50/0.24mm preformed termination 2.3m long

88/02445 - Cable 4c 50/0.24mm performed termination 3.3m long

88/02446 - Cable 4c 50/0.24mm performed termination 4.3m long

88/02454 - Cable 4c 50/0.24mm performed termination 7.8m long

* This component is to be used with lock arm (Railway Cat no 88/746) to convert unmodified Mk 1 equipment to force down. It is suitable for both Mk 1 with force-down and for Mk 2, but not to be used with unmodified (i.e. pre-force-down) Mk 1.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 239: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

4 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page L 4 of 9

5 Hydraulic Equipment

86/32521 - Hydraulic Power Pack 50 volts (Four port)

86/32541 - Hydraulic Power Pack 110 volts (Four port)

86/32592 - Hydraulic Hose (non-insulated black) 500 mm long

86/32596 - Hydraulic Hose (non-insulated black) 2000 mm long

86/32600 - Hydraulic Hose (non-insulated black) 3000 mm long

86/32610 - Hydraulic Hose (non-insulated black) 4000 mm long

86/32620 - Hydraulic Hose (non-insulated black) 6000 mm long

86/32630 - Hydraulic Hose (non-insulated black) 7000 mm long

86/32639 - Hydraulic Hose (insulated orange) 500 mm long

86/32640 - Hydraulic Hose (insulated orange) 2000 mm long

86/32635 - Hydraulic Hose (insulated orange) 3000 mm long

86/32636 - Hydraulic Hose (insulated orange) 4000 mm long

86/32637 - Hydraulic Hose (insulated orange) 6000 mm long

86/32638 - Hydraulic Hose (insulated orange) 7000 mm long

86/32500 - Hydraulic Actuator (Standard) 24 x 210 mm

86/32499 - Hydraulic Actuator (Switch Diamonds only) 32 x 210 mm

86/32590 - Hydraulic Pump Handle

86/32193 - Hydraulic Actuator Cover

8/063690 - ‘T’Hose Connection ¼” B.S.P.

Listed below is the hydraulic equipment required for one point end:

Qty

Hydraulic Power Pack 1

Hydraulic Hose 2

Hydraulic Actuator 2

6 way concrete rodding block

(Railway Cat No 4/12774) 1

The voltage rating of the power pack is dependent on the application and reference should be made to the wiring diagram for the points.

Hose length is dependent on the position of the power pack.

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 240: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 5

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page L 5 of 9

Where clamp locks are to be fitted to a Switch Diamond or Double Slip layout, requirements are as follows:

Qty

Hydraulic Power Pack 2

Hyraulic Hose 4

Hydraulic Actuator 4

6 way concrete rodding block (Railway Cat No 4/12774) 2

6 Plain Lead Layout

6.1 113A Flat Bottom Vertical Rail Qty 86/32003 - Complete package for FBV plain leads 1

6.2 110A/113A Flat Bottom Inclined Rail 86/32001 - Complete package for FBI plain leads 1

6.3 95 lb Bull Head inclined Straight Cut Rail

86/32003 - Complete package for FBV plain leads 1

86/32087 - Adaptor Block Complete -

Type BHI “Straight Cut” 2

86/32285 - Taper Package (Type BH) 2

6.4 95 lb Bull Head Inclined Chamfer Cut Rail

86/32003 - Complete package for FBV plain leads 1

86/32081 - Adaptor Block Complete – Type BHI

“Chamfer Cut” 2

86/32285 - Taper Packing (Type BH) 2

6.5 UIC 54B Rail

86/32003 - Complete package for FBV plain leads 1

86/32385 - Switch rail Assembly (Type E6) 2

86/32393 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type E) 1

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 241: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

6 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page L 6 of 9

7 Switch Diamond Layout

7.1 Switch Diamond 1 in 5½ and 1 in 6 Flat Bottom Vertical Rail Qty

86/32113 - Lock and Detector Assembly 4

86/32309 - Adaptor Assembly complete

(Type FBV) 4

86/32345 - LH Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD2/D6) 2

86/32346 - RH Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD2/D6) 2

3/195622 - Tapered Washer (20mm hole 5 deg taper) 4

86/32026 - Tie Bar (Type B) 2

86/32245 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type B1); or,

if chair heater pads are fitted, use: 2

86/32377 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type B2) 2

7.2 Switch Diamond 1 in 6½ Flat Bottom Vertical Rail

86/3211 - Lock and Detector Assembly 4

86/32309 - Adaptor Block Assembly complete

(Type FBV) 4

86/32345 - LH Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD2/D6) 2

86/32346 - RH Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD2/D6) 2

3/195622 - Tapered Washer (20mm hole 5 deg taper) 4

86/32300 - Taper Packing (Type SD) 4

86/32026 - Tie Bar (Type B) 2

86/32245 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type B1); or,

if chair heater pads are fitted, use: 2

86/32377 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type B2) 2

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 242: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 7

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page L 7 of 9

7.3 Switch Diamond 1 in 7 Flat Bottom Vertical Rail

Qty

86/32113 - Lock and Detector Assembly 4

86/32309 - Adaptor Block Assembly complete

(Type FBV) 4

86/32345 - LH Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD2/D6) 2

86/32346 - RH Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD2/D6) 2

3/195622 - Tapered Washer

(20mm hole, 5 degree taper) 4

86/32300 - Taper Packing (Type SD) 8

86/32026 - Tie Bar (Type B) 2

86/32345 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type B1); or, if chair heater pads are fitted, use: 2

86/32377 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type B2) 2

7.4 Switch Diamond 1 in 7½ and 1 in 9½ Flat Bottom Vertical Rail

86/32113 - Lock and Detector Assembly 4

86/32309 - Adaptor Block Assembly complete

(Type FBV) 4

86/32339 - LH Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD1/C6) 2

86/32340 - RH Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD1/C6) 2

86/32026 - Tie Bar (Type B) 2

86/32245 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type B1); or, if chair heater pads are fitted, use: 2

86/32377 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type B2) 2

7.5 Switch Diamond 1 in 10 and 1 in 13 Flat Bottom Vertical Rail

86/32113 - Lock and Detector Assembly 4

86/32309 - Adaptor Block Assembly complete (Type FBV) 4

86/32339 - LH Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD1/C6) 2

86/32340 - RH Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD1/C6) 2

86/32300 - Taper Packing (Type SD) 4

86/32026 - Tie Bar (Type B) 2

86/32245 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type B1); or, if chair heater pads are fitted, use: 2

86/32377 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type B2) 2

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 243: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

8 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice

GK/RC0774

Issue One

Date August 1995

Page L 8 of 9

7.6 Switch Diamond 1 in 15 and 1 in 17 Flat Bottom Vertical Rail Qty

86/32113 - Lock and Detector Assembly 4

86/32309 - Adaptor Block Assembly complete (Type FBV) 4

86/32339 - RH Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD1/C6) 2

86/32340 - LH Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD1/C6) 2

86/32300 - Taper Packing (Type SD) 8

86/32026 - Tie Bar (Type B) 2

86/32245 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type B1); or, if chair heater pads are fitted, use: 2

86/32377 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type B2) 2

7.7 Switch Diamond Flatter than 1 in 17 Flat Bottom Vertical Rail

86/32113 - Lock and Detector Assembly 4

86/32337 - Adaptor Block Assembly complete (Type FVDC); or, on inclined rail, use: 4

86/32372 - Adaptor Block Assembly complete (Type FIDC) 4

86/32358 - LH Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD3/C6) 2

86/32364 - RH Switch Rail Assembly (Type SD3/C6) 2

86/32026 - Tie Bar (Type B) 2

86/32245 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type B1); or, if chair heater pads are fitted, use: 2

86/32377 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type B2) 2

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 244: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 9

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page L 9 of 9

8 Double Slip Layout

8.1 113A Flat Bottom Vertical Rail

Qty

86/32003 - Complete package for FBV plain leads 1

86/32113 - Lock and Detector Assembly 2

86/32309 - Adaptor Block Assembly complete (Type FBV) 2

86/32334 - Switch Rail Bracket Assembly (Type B6) 2

86/32270 - Taper Packing (Type A) 2

86/32002 - Tie Bar (Type A) 1

86/32247 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type DSL) 1

8.2 110A/113A Flat Bottom Inclined Rail

86/32001 - Complete package for FBI plain leads 1

86/32113 - Lock and Detector Assembly 2

86/32313 - Adaptor Block Assembly complete (Type FBI) 2

86/32334 - Switch Rail Bracket Assembly (Type B6) 2

86/32270 - Taper Packing (Type A) 1

86/32002 - Tie Bar (Type A) 1

86/32247 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type DSL) 1

8.3 95 lb Bull Head Inclined Rail

86/32003 - Complete package for FBV plain leads 1

86/32113 - Lock and Detector Assembly 2

86/32087 - Adaptor Block Complete (Type BHI “Straight Cut” on “Chamfer Cut” rail use) 4

86/32081 - Adaptor Block Complete (Type BHI “Chamfer Cut”) 4

86/32334 - Switch Rail Bracket Assembly (Type B6) 2

86/32270 - Taper Packing (Type A) 2

86/32002 - Tie Bar Type A) 1

86/32247 - Centre Thrust Bracket (Type DSL) 1

86/32285 - Taper Packing (Type BH) 4

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 245: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 246: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

R A I L T R A C K 1

Code of Practice GK/RC 0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page M 1 of 2

Part M Tools and Gauges The following is a list of tools and gauges that are required for installation and maintenance of the Clamp Lock.

86/003052 -

86/11610 - 24/30mm Ring Spanner

86/11611 - 24/30mm O/E Spanner

86/11612 - 17/19mm O/E Spanner

86/11613 - 10/13mm O/E Spanner

86/11614 - 18" Adjustable Spanner

86/11615 - 12 x 13mm Tubular Box Spanner

86/11616 - 6" Adjustable Spanner

86/11617 - Norbar TH 300 Torque Handle

86/11618 - 30mm ring fitting for above

86/11619 - Norbar TH 100 Torque Handle

86/11620 - 24mm ring fitting for above

86/11621 - 19mm ring fitting for above

86/11622 - Screwdriver 350mm

86/11623 - Screwdriver 250mm

86/11624 - Screwdriver 150mm

86/11625 - 6mm Allen Key

86/11626 - 6" Pliers

86/11628 - 5" Side Cutters

86/11631 - 2 BA Insulated Spanner

86/11632 - Hammer 21b

86/11633 - Chisel

86/11634 - Jemmy Bar

86/11635 - 7" Scriber

86/11636 - 10 metre Fibron Tape

86/11637 - 300mm Steel Rule

86/11638 - Hydraulic Pressure Gauge complete with 'T' Connector

86/11639 - Inspection Mirror

86/11640 - ½" square drive ratchet handle

86/11641 - 30mm ½" square drive socket

86/11642 - 30mm ½" square drive deep socket

86/11643 - 24mm ½" square drive socket

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed

Page 247: Rail Clamp Point Locks - RSSB Iss 1.pdf · maintenance and faulting of Rail Clamp Point Locks ... lock arm, detector blade and ... hydraulic oil is pumped from the power

Rail Clamp Point Locks

2 R A I L T R A C K

Code of Practice GK/RC0774 Issue One Date August 1995 Page M2 of 2

86/11644 - 24mm ½" square drive deep socket

86/11645 - Gauge Wallet

86/11646 - 8" Outside Calliper

86/11609 - Circlip Pliers extend 25 - 90mm straight nose

86/32590 - Clamp Lock Pump Handle

86/32355 - Switch Rail Marking Template

86/32365 - Stock Rail Marking Template

86/32363 - Centre Punch for above Template

86/76140 - Stretcher/Tie bar marking off guide

86/76141 - Centre Punch for above guide

39/29383 - Limit Switch Gauge 1.5mm

39/29382 - Limit Switch Gauge 2mm

39/29378 - Detection Setting Gauge 2.5mm

39/29379 - Detection Setting Gauge 4mm

39/29761 - FPL Setting Gauge 3.5 - 5mm

39/28029 - Lock Arm Clearance Gauge 3mm

39/28005 - Supplementary Detection Gauge 6 - 8mm

39/28030 - Insulated Gauge 4 x 25mm

Withdrawn Document Uncontrolled When Printed